Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

i'd+like+to+go+even+though+it's+late

  • 41 if

    if
    1) (in the event that; on condition that: He will have to go into hospital if his illness gets any worse; I'll only stay if you can stay too.) si
    2) (supposing that: If he were to come along now, we would be in trouble.) si, en el caso de que
    3) (whenever: If I sneeze, my nose bleeds.) si, cada vez que, siempre que
    4) (although: They are happy, if poor.) a pesar de, aunque
    5) (whether: I don't know if I can come or not.) si
    if conj
    1. si
    if it rains, we'll stay at home si llueve, nos quedaremos en casa
    2. cuando / siempre que
    if I were you yo en tu lugar / yo que tú
    if I were you, I'd go home yo en tu lugar, me iría a casa
    if only ojalá / si
    if only I knew his name! ¡ojalá supiera cómo se llama!
    if
    tr[ɪf]
    if it rains, we'll stay at home si llueve, nos quedaremos en casa
    if anyone phones, I'm out si llama alguien, no estoy
    if she should arrive... si llegase...
    if my mother were here, she'd know what to do si estuviera mi madre, sabría qué hacer
    what would you do if you won the lottery? ¿qué harías si ganaras la lotería?
    if you hadn't gone to bed so late, you wouldn't be so tired si no te hubieras acostado tan tarde, no estarías tan cansado
    if you'd studied harder, you would have passed the exam si hubieras estudiado más, habrías aprobado el examen
    if you heat water to 100 degrees, it boils si calientas el agua a 100 grados, hierve
    if you're not sure about anything, don't hesitate to ask si no estás seguro de algo, no dudes en preguntar
    do you know if she got the job? ¿sabes si consiguió el trabajo?
    I'm sorry if I woke you siento haberte despertado, perdona que te haya despertado
    do you mind if I open the window? ¿te importa que abra la ventana?
    4 (but) aunque, pero
    it's good, if a little slow at times es bueno pero algo lento a veces
    well, if it isn't Jimmy Jazz! vaya, ¡pero si es Jimmy Jazz!
    if she passes - and it's a big if... suponiendo que apruebe - y ya es suponer...
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    if and when si y cuando
    if any en caso de que..., si es que...
    there were very few mistakes, if any había muy pocos errores, si es que había alguno
    if anything más bien, en todo caso
    she's no better, if anything, she's worse no está mejor, en todo caso está peor
    if ever si alguna vez
    if I were you yo que tú, yo en tu lugar
    if not si no
    if only (present or future time) ¡ojalá!, ¡si al menos! 2 (past events) si
    if only I'd known si lo hubiera sabido, de haberlo sabido
    if only you'd told me! ¡si me lo hubieras dicho!, ¡habérmelo dicho!
    if only it were Friday ¡ojalá fuese viernes!
    come to the wedding, if only to please your mother ven a la boda, aunque sólo sea para complacer a tu madre
    if so de ser así, si así fuese
    it's not as if... / it isn't as if... no es que...
    if ['ɪf] conj
    1) : si
    I would do it if I could: lo haría si pudiera
    if so: si es así
    as if: como si
    if I were you: yo que tú
    2) whether: si
    I don't know if they're ready: no sé si están listos
    3) though: aunque, si bien
    it's pretty, if somewhat old-fashioned: es lindo aunque algo anticuado
    if
    adv.
    como adv.
    conj.
    cuando conj.
    si conj.
    n.
    duda s.f.
    hipótesis s.f.

    I ɪf
    1)

    if you're good, I'll read you a story — si te portas bien, te leeré un cuento

    if I were you, I wouldn't do it it — yo en tu lugar or yo que tú, no lo haría

    b)

    if not: they were undernourished, if not (yet) actually starving estaban desnutridos, si bien no se estaban muriendo de inanición; she was very offhand, if not downright rude — estuvo muy brusca, por no decir verdaderamente grosera

    c)
    d)

    if only: if only she could have seen him! — si lo pudiera haber visto!

    e)

    if so — (as linker) si es así, de ser así

    2) ( whether) si
    3) ( though) aunque, si bien

    it's a good plot, if a complicated one — es un buen argumento, aunque complicado or si bien es complicado

    4)

    if you'll all follow me, please — síganme, por favor, ¿quieren seguirme, por favor?

    b) ( indicating surprise) (with neg)

    well, if it isn't Mike Britton! — pero si es Mike Britton!


    II
    [ɪf]
    1. CONJ

    if you ask me — en lo que a mí se refiere

    if you had come earlier, you would have seen him — si hubieras venido antes, le habrías visto

    if I had known I would have told you — de haberlo sabido te lo habría dicho, si lo sé te lo digo *

    if it hadn't been for you we would have all died — de no ser or de no haber sido por ti hubiéramos muerto todos

    you can go if you likepuedes ir si quieres

    if necessary — si es necesario, si hace falta

    if I were you I would go to Spain — yo que tú iría a España, yo en tu lugar iría a España

    if it weren't for him, we wouldn't be in this mess! — ¡si estamos metidos en este lío, es por él! *, ¡no estaríamos metidos en este lío de no ser por él! *

    if and when she comes — si (en efecto) viene, en el caso de que venga

    2) (=whenever) si, cuando

    if she wants any help she asks mesi or cuando necesita ayuda me la pide

    if it was fine we went out for a walksi or cuando hacía buen tiempo dábamos un paseo

    3) (=although) aunque, si bien

    it's a nice film if rather long — es una buena película, aunque or si bien algo larga

    I will do it, even if it is difficult — lo haré, aunque me resulte difícil

    I'll finish it if or even if it takes me all day — lo terminaré aunque me lleve todo el día

    I couldn't eat it if I triedaunque me lo propusiera no lo podría comer

    4) (=whether) si

    he asked me if I had eaten — me preguntó si había comido

    I don't know if he's here — no sé si está aquí

    I wonder if it's true — me pregunto si es or será verdad

    if anything this one is better — hasta creo que este es mejor, este es mejor si cabe

    it's no bigger than our last house, if anything, it's even smaller — no es más grande que nuestra última casa si acaso, es incluso más pequeña

    I think you should paint it blue, if anything — en todo caso or si acaso, yo lo pintaría de azul

    as if — como si

    it isn't as if we were rich — no es que seamos precisamente ricos, no es que seamos ricos que digamos

    if at all, they aren't paid enough, if (they are paid) at all — les pagan poco, eso cuando les pagan

    change it to red, if at all — en todo caso or si acaso, cámbialo a rojo

    if it isn't old Garfield! — ¡pero si es el bueno de Garfield!, ¡hombre, Garfield, tú por aquí!

    if notsi no

    are you coming? if not, I'll go with Mark — ¿vienes? si no, iré con Mark

    if only I had known! — ¡de haberlo sabido!

    if only I could! — ¡ojalá pudiera!

    if only we had a car! — ¡ojalá tuviéramos coche!, ¡quién tuviera coche!

    I'll come, if only to see him — voy, aunque solo sea para verlo

    I'll try to be there, if only for a few minutes — trataré de estar allí, aunque solo sea unos minutos

    if so — si es así, de ser así

    are you coming? if so, I'll wait — ¿vienes? si es así or de ser así te espero; see as; see even 2., 4)

    2.
    N

    that's or it's a big if — es un gran pero

    there are a lot of ifs and butshay muchas dudas sin resolver

    IF
    Indicative/Subjunctive after "si"
    Si can be followed by both the {indicative} and the {subjunctive}. The {indicative} describes facts and likely situations; the {subjunctive} describes remote or hypothetical situations.
    Indicative Use si + ((present indicative)) to translate if + ((present)) in English:
    If you go on overeating, you'll get fat Si sigues comiendo tanto, vas a engordar
    Don't do it if you don't want to No lo hagas si no quieres NOTE: Don't use si with the ((present subjunctive)).
    Subjunctive Use si + ((imperfect subjunctive)) to translate if + ((past)) for remote or uncertain possibilities and hypotheses:
    If we won the lottery, we would never have to work again Si nos tocase or tocara la lotería, no tendríamos que trabajar nunca más
    What would you do if I weren't here? ¿Qué harías si yo no estuviese or estuviera aquí? ► Use si + ((pluperfect subjunctive)) (= hubiera or hubiese + ((past participle))) to translate if + had + ((past participle)):
    If Paula hadn't lost her ticket, she would have left today Si Paula no hubiera or hubiese perdido el billete, habría salido hoy Alternatively, instead of a clause with si, you can often use de ( no) haber + ((past participle)):
    If Paula hadn't lost her ticket, she would have left today De no haber perdido Paula el billete, habría salido hoy For further uses and examples, see main entry
    * * *

    I [ɪf]
    1)

    if you're good, I'll read you a story — si te portas bien, te leeré un cuento

    if I were you, I wouldn't do it it — yo en tu lugar or yo que tú, no lo haría

    b)

    if not: they were undernourished, if not (yet) actually starving estaban desnutridos, si bien no se estaban muriendo de inanición; she was very offhand, if not downright rude — estuvo muy brusca, por no decir verdaderamente grosera

    c)
    d)

    if only: if only she could have seen him! — si lo pudiera haber visto!

    e)

    if so — (as linker) si es así, de ser así

    2) ( whether) si
    3) ( though) aunque, si bien

    it's a good plot, if a complicated one — es un buen argumento, aunque complicado or si bien es complicado

    4)

    if you'll all follow me, please — síganme, por favor, ¿quieren seguirme, por favor?

    b) ( indicating surprise) (with neg)

    well, if it isn't Mike Britton! — pero si es Mike Britton!


    II

    English-spanish dictionary > if

  • 42 comunque

    1. conj however, no matter how
    comunque vadano le cose whatever happens
    2. adv ( in ogni modo) in any case, anyhow
    ( in qualche modo) somehow
    ( tuttavia) however
    * * *
    comunque cong. ( in qualunque modo) however, no matter (how): comunque vadano le cose, non te la prendere, don't get upset, no matter how (o however) it goes; comunque abbia agito, era in buona fede, no matter what he did, he meant well
    avv.
    1 (ma, tuttavia) but, all the same: d'accordo, io ero in ritardo, comunque avresti dovuto aspettarmi, I know I was late, but you should have waited for me; non hai fatto male, comunque sai fare di meglio, not bad. All the same, you can do better
    2 ( in ogni caso) anyhow, anyway; however; le probabilità di riuscita sono scarse, comunque puoi tentare, there isn't much chance of success. Anyhow, you can try; devo partire comunque, I've got to leave anyway; comunque non è detta l'ultima parola, the last word hasn't been said, however.
    * * *
    [ko'munkwe]
    1. avv
    (in ogni modo) anyhow, anyway, in any case

    i miei non vogliono, ma ci vado comunque — my parents don't want me to, but I'm going anyway

    2. cong
    1) (in qualunque modo) however, no matter how

    comunque vada, sono contento che sia finita — however it turns out, I'm glad it's over

    2) (tuttavia) however, nevertheless

    comunque potevi avvertirmihowever o nevertheless you could have let me know, you could have let me know though

    * * *
    [ko'munkwe] 1.
    avverbio anyway, though, however, in any case

    non possiamo uscire, comunque non per ora — we can't go out, not yet anyway

    "viaggiare all'estero è costoso" - "ne vale comunque la pena" — "travelling abroad's expensive" - "it's worth it, though"

    comunque, ha detto che esaminerà a fondo la facenda — however, he did say that he would look into the matter

    comunque, arrivammo alla stazione — anyway, we arrived at the station

    2.
    congiunzione however

    comunque vada — for better (or) for worse, whatever may happen

    comunque stiano le cose — however that may be, however things are, however matters stand

    * * *
    comunque
    /ko'munkwe/
    L'avverbio comunque, quando significa in ogni caso / modo, si traduce anyway, anyhow, in any case o however, sostituibili in contesti formali da nevertheless e in contesti d'uso colloquiale da all the same o though (che va in fondo alla frase): non mi piace molto, ma lo prendo comunque = I don't like it very much - anyway / in any case / however / nevertheless / all the same, I'll take it (oppure I'll take it all the same / though). - Quando comunque si usa per concludere una frase ed equivale a insomma, per farla breve, si rende con anyway: quando uscii di casa ero molto in ritardo e c'era molto traffico; comunque, sono riuscito a prendere il treno = when I left home I was very late and there was a lot of traffic; anyway, I succeeded in catching the train. - Quando comunque è usato come congiunzione con il significato di in qualunque modo, si rende solitamente in inglese con however o whatever. La frase comunque stiano le cose, non posso farlo senza aiuto da parte tua va tradotta con: however matters stand, I can't do that with no help from you (perché presuppone la domanda how do matters stand?); invece la frase comunque la pensi, non l'aiuterò va resa con: whatever she thinks, I won't help her (perché presuppone la domanda what does she think?). - Per altri traducenti ed esempi, si veda la voce qui sotto.
     anyway, though, however, in any case; intendevo farlo comunque I was planning to do that anyway; non possiamo uscire, comunque non per ora we can't go out, not yet anyway; comunque è stato interessante it was interesting even so; "viaggiare all'estero è costoso" - "ne vale comunque la pena" "travelling abroad's expensive" - "it's worth it, though"; comunque, ha detto che esaminerà a fondo la facenda however, he did say that he would look into the matter; comunque, arrivammo alla stazione anyway, we arrived at the station
     however; comunque sia be that as it may; comunque vada for better (or) for worse, whatever may happen; comunque stiano le cose however that may be, however things are, however matters stand.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > comunque

  • 43 من

    مِن \ by: (showing how sth. is done): We hold things by the handle. We know people by name. We learn by experience. We earn money by working. from: showing the time that sth. started: I waited from six o’clock till eight, showing where sth. began or was obtained Are men descended from monkeys? He read aloud from the newspaper, showing cause He suffered from stomach pains, showing the lower limit of costs, numbers, etc. New bicycles cost from $60 to $90 each, showing a change The price rose from 20 pence to 25 pence, showing difference I don’t know one from the other, showing the place that one has left He arrived from Glasgow. of: (after a noun) showing contents, amount, kind, etc.: a cup of coffee (a cup that contains coffee); a cupful of coffee (enough coffee to fill a cup); a pound of sugar (sugar that weighs a pound); a piece of bread (not a whole loaf), (after an adj. or verb) concerning; about: I’m sure of it. She’s afraid of mice, (after a verb) showing a cause He died of hunger, (after an adj.) showing who did sth. and how he did it It was kind of your father to invite me (Your father was kind...), (after a participle) showing how sth. is formed a dress made of silk. than: used in comparing two objects; here the second subject and verb are always left out: I like you better than him (I like you better than I like him), used in comparing two subjects; it is better to put in the second verb, although some writers leave it out He is taller than I (am). He runs faster than I (do). \ مِن أَجْل \ because of: as a result of: Because of his illness, he could not travel. for: because of: He jumped for joy. She was sent to prison for stealing. for sb. to do sth.: that sb. should do sth.: I’m anxious for him to pass his exams. sake, for the sake of, for sb.’s sake: for the desire of: Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?, for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake. towards: as a help to: He gave me $5 towards the cost of my bicycle. \ مِن أَجْل ذلك \ hence: (often with no verb) for this reason: My car broke down; hence my late arrival. \ مِن أحدث طِراز \ up to date: up to the present moment; modern; knowing or showing the latest facts: Give me an up-to-date report on political events in South America. \ مِن أَصْل \ out: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ preferably: if possible: Any day suits me, but preferably not Sunday. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ had better: would be wise to: You had better try again tomorrow. \ See Also الأَجْدى لِـ \ مِن الآن \ hence: from now: A week hence I shall be in Rome. \ مِن... إلى \ from... to...: (without a or the) showing passage of time, distance in space, or repeated action: He visits me from time to time. He went from house to house in search of work. \ مِن آن إلى آخر \ every now and again, every now and then: again and again, but with no regular space between. \ مِن الآن فَصَاعِدًا \ henceforth, henceforward: from now on; in future. on: onwards: From now on I shall be more careful. \ مِن البداية إلى النهاية \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن بَعْدُ \ since: after; during the period after: I saw him on Tuesday, but I haven’t seen him since. I’ve been thinking about him ever since. \ مِن بَعيد \ from afar: from a great distance. \ مِن بَين \ out of: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن ثَمَّ \ subsequently: afterwards: He became ill in the winter, and subsequently died. \ مِن جَانِبٍ إِلَى آخر \ across: form one side to the other: Run across before a car comes. The river is half a mile across. over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ مِن جَديد \ afresh: again; making a new beginning: Tear up this page and start afresh. \ مِن جَمِيع الجهَات \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن جَمِيع الوُجوه تقريبًا \ to all intents and purposes: in regard to all that matters: To all intents and purposes, the work is finished (though a few unimportant points remain to be dealt with). \ مِن جِهة \ in respect of, with respect to, respecting: concerning: a bill in respect of car repairs. on the part of: in the case of; so far as sb. is concerned: There was no mistake on her part (If there was a mistake, it was not hers). \ مِن جهة ومِن الجهة الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن الحديد \ iron: made of iron; as strong as iron: an iron bar; an iron will. \ مِن حُسن التوفيق \ happily: fortunately: Happily, he was not hurt in the accident. a good job: a fortunate thing: It’s a good job that you crossed before the bridge fell. fortunately: adv. as the result of good fortune: He fell down but fortunately did not hurt himself. \ See Also لحسن الحظ (لِحُسْنِ الحَظّ)‏ \ مِن حَوْل \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن حَيْثُ شَخْصُهُ \ personally: as a person (in regard to character); socially: I like him personally, but I dislike his political ideas. \ مِن حِين لآخَر \ occasional: happening sometimes, but not regularly: We had an occasional quarrel. now and again, now and then: sometimes. \ مِن خِلال \ through: from one side to the other; from one end to the other: He drove a nail through (the board). A river ran through (the town). Water runs through pipes. I looked through the window, but I couldn’t see far through the mist. I read through my notes. \ مِن الدرجة الأولى \ first-class, first-rate: of the best quality: He is a first-class photographer. \ مِن سُخْرِية الأقدار \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِنَ الشرق \ eastern: belonging to the east. \ مِن صُنْعِ اليَد \ hand-made: made by hand, not by a machine: Hand-made shoes. \ مِن الضروريّ أن كما \ must: (p.t.. had to, neg.. needn’t, don’t/didn’t need to; don’t/didn’t have to) need to: You must go now, mustn’t you? Yes, I must. No, I needn’t go yet. \ مِن الطبيعيّ \ it goes without saying (that): naturally; of course: The invitation was sent to me; but it goes without saying that my wife is included. \ مِن الطراز القديم \ old-fashioned: (of people) holding on to old ideas and customs; (of things) not modern; no longer used. \ مِن طَرَف لآخر \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن عَجيب التَّقادِير \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِن عَلى ظهر السفينة \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن غَيْر \ without: not with; not having: Without doubt, this is the best. I did it without his help. He took my bicycle without asking me. \ مِن غَيْر حَرَج \ freely: readily: They freely accepted my advice. \ مِنَ الفراء \ fur: animal skin, with the fur on it, used as clothing: a coat with a collar of fur; a fur hat. \ مِنَ الفِراش \ up: out of bed: I get up at 6.30 every morning. We stayed up very late last night. \ مِن فَضْلِك \ kindly: please!: kindly close the door!. please: (when asking) giving a polite order: Please stop that noise. A cup of coffee, please, asking for a favour or for permission Will you help me, please? Please, may I use your pen?. \ مِن فَوْق \ over: across, from one side of sth. to the other: He jumped over the fence. The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ مِن فَوق سَطْح المَرْكَب \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن قَبْل \ ago: before the present time: 100 years ago; a short while ago. already: before this time: She’s already married. before: at an earlier time (than): I have been here before. beforehand: before; early; in readiness: If you want your dinner early, warn the cook beforehand. \ مِن قِبَل \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ مِن قَلْبٍ مُخْلص \ heartily: thoroughly: I heartily agree with you. \ مِنَ المُؤسِف \ pity: (with a) an unfortunate fact or happening: It’s a pity that you can’t go with us to the cinema. \ مِنَ المُحَتَّم \ bound, (bind, bound) to: certain to: He’s bound to win. \ See Also المُؤَكَّد أَنّ \ مِنَ المُحْتَمَل \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired. \ مِن مُدّةٍ قريبة \ the other day: a few days ago: I met your son the other day. \ مِن المَرْتَبَة أو الدَّرَجة الثّانِية \ second-class: of the next level below that of top quality: The less comfortable second-class seats were much cheaper than the first-class ones. \ مِن المَفْروض أنّ \ be supposed to: to have a duty to; be expected to: You’re supposed to be working now, not playing. You’re not supposed to be here (You ought not be here). \ مِن مَكانٍ لآخَر \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. \ مِن المُمْكِن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (with an if clause, showing a possibility that depends on sth. else) would be able to: She could buy it if you lent her the money. possibly: perhaps: Possibly you can help. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired.. \ مِنَ المُمْكِن أن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (showing a simple possibility): You could telephone her (if you wanted to). might: expressing a weak possibility (future, present or past): She might do that tomorrow; she might be doing it at this moment; she might even have done it already (but I doubt that she has done it or ever will do it). \ مِنْ ناحية... مِنَ الناحية الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن النّاحية النظريّة \ in theory: as an idea; according to ideas: Your plan may work in theory, but it will not work in practice. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ earl: the title of a British nobleman. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ noble: of high rank: a woman of noble birth. \ See Also الأشراف \ مِنْ نِتاج الوَطَن \ home-grown: (of food) grown in one’s own country, not in another country: home-grown vegetables. \ مِنْ نُسْخَتَين \ in duplicate: on two separate copies: Please complete this list in duplicate. \ مِنْ نَسْل \ descendant: sb. who is descended from a person: a descendant of Queen Victoria. \ See Also ذرية (ذُرِّيَّة)‏ \ مِنْ نَفْس البَلَد \ countryman, countrymen: (usu. fellow countryman) a person of the same nation as another. \ مِنْ نوع راق \ classical: of proved and lasting value: classical music. \ مَنْ هُم أَعْلَى مقَامًا \ betters, one’s betters: those who have more experience or higher rank than onself: Treat your betters with more respect. \ See Also أَرْفَع شَأنًا مِن \ مِن هُنَا \ away: (with verbs of movement) to a distance: Go away! We drove the dog away. by: past: Please let me (get) by. He smiled as he went by. \ مَن هو أَعْلَى دَرَجَةً \ superior: sb. of higher rank: You must obey your superiors. \ مِن واجبه أن \ up to: the duty of: It’s up to his father to punish him. \ مِن وَاحِد إلى آخَر \ over: across, from one person to another: She handed over the keys to a friend. \ مِن الواضح \ much: (in comparison; before most, etc.) without doubt; clearly: He is much the most experienced player in the team. \ مِن وَراءِ ظَهْرِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ مِن وَقْت لاِخَر \ now and again: sometimes. off and on, on and off: not continuously; at one time and another: It has been raining off and on the whole day. sometimes: at certain times but not always: Sometimes I win and sometimes I don’t. England sometimes has a hot summer, but not often.

    Arabic-English dictionary > من

  • 44 ὁράω

    ὁράω, [var] contr. [full] ὁρῶ even in Il.3.234, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὁρόω 5.244, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄρημι (q. v.); [dialect] Ion. [full] ὁρέω Hdt.1.80, etc., [ per.] 2sg.
    A

    ὁρῇς Herod.2.67

    , al., [ per.] 3sg.

    ὁρῇ Hp.Carn.17

    , Vid.Ac.I; inf.

    ὁρῆν Democr.11

    , Hp.Carn.2 (but [ per.] 2sg.

    ὁρᾷς Archil.87

    , [ per.] 3sg.

    ὁρᾷ Semon.7.80

    , cf.

    κατορᾷ Hdt.2.38

    ; [ per.] 1pl.

    ὁρῶμεν Id.5.40

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ὁρῶσι ([etym.] ἐπ-) Id.1.124; inf. ὁρᾶν ib.33, 2.64): the forms ὁρῇς, ὁρῇ, ὁρῆν (exc. when found in [dialect] Dor., as IG42(1).122.2, 15,47 (Epid., iv B. C.); [tense] impf. [ per.] 3sg. ἑώρη ib.28,70) seem to imply ὁρή-ω (cf. ὄρημι), but ὁρᾷ, ὁρῶμεν, ὁρῶσι, etc. imply ὁρᾰ-ω: [dialect] Att. [tense] impf.

    ἑώρων Th.1.51

    , Ar.Pl. 713, Nu. 354, ([etym.] ἐ-) SIG344.110 (Teos, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.

    ὥρα Hdt.1.11

    , 3.72, [ per.] 1pl. ὡρῶμεν (v.l. ὁρῶμεν) Id.2.131,[ per.] 2pl.

    ὡρᾶτε Id.7.8

    .β', [ per.] 3pl.

    ὥρων Id.4.3

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    ὅρα Il.16.646

    , cf. ὄρημι: [tense] pf. ἑόρᾱκα, a form required by the metre in many passages, as Ar.Th. 32, 33, Av. 1573, Pl.98, 1045, Eup.181.3, Alex.272.1, Men.Epit. 166, Pk. 270, Bato 5.11, etc., whereas the metre never requires ἑώρακα; whence ἑόρακα, -άκη ought always to be restored in early [dialect] Att. writers, though ἑώρακα was used in later Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.), UPZ119.43 (ii B. C.), cf. Theognost.Can. 150 (ἑώρακε<ν> is prob. in Men.5 D.): ἑωρ- in the [tense] impf. prob. comes from ἠ- ϝορ- (with a long form of the augment, cf. ἠειδ- ([etym.] ᾐδ- ) in [tense] impf. of οἶδα, while ἑορ- in the [tense] pf. comes from ϝε-ϝορ-, v. infr.: [dialect] Ion. [tense] pf.

    ὁρώρηκα Herod.4.77

    , al., also ὥρηκα ib.40 ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. part.

    ὡρακυῖα IG42(1).122.6

    (Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ὥρακα Baillet Inscr. destombeaux des rois 1210: an [tense] aor. 1 ἐσορήσαις only f.l. in Orph.Fr.247.16:—[voice] Med. ὁράομαι, [var] contr. ὁρῶμαι even in Il.13.99 ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.

    ὅρηαι Od.14.343

    (v. ὄρημι): [tense] impf. ἑωρώμην, also ὡρώμην ([etym.] προ-) Act.Ap.2.25, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    ὁρᾶτο Il.1.56

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.

    ἑώραμαι Isoc.15.110

    , D.54.16 : [tense] aor. ἑωράθην only in late Prose, D.S.20.6 ; inf.

    ὁρᾱθῆναι Arist.MA 699b19

    , Pl.Def. 411b, Luc.Jud.Voc. 6, etc.: [tense] fut.

    ὁραθήσομαι Gal.UP10.12

    : verb. Adj. ὁρᾱτός, ὁρᾱτέον (qq. v.).—Hom. uses [var] contr. forms, as ὁρῶ, ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾷ, ὅρα, ὁρᾶν, ὁρῶν, ὁρῶμαι, ὁρᾶται, ὁρᾶσθαι, ὁρώμενος, as well as lengthd. [dialect] Ep. ὁρόω, ὁράᾳς, ὁράασθαι, ὁρόων, [ per.] 2pl. opt.

    ὁρόῳτε Il.4.347

    , etc. ; besides these forms from ὁρα- ([etym.] ὁρη- ) we have
    II from root ὀπ- (v. ὄψ ) the only [tense] fut. in use, ὄψομαι, always in act. sense, Il.24.704, and [dialect] Att., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.

    ὄψεαι 8.471

    , Od.24.511: a rare [tense] aor. 1 ἐπ-όψατο in Pi.Fr.88.6 (for ἐπιώψατο, v. ἐπιόψομαι); subj.

    ὄψησθε Ev.Luc.13.28

    (where the v.l. ὄψεσθε may be right): [tense] pf.

    ὄπωπα Il.6.124

    , Od.21.94, Emp.109, Hdt. 3.37,63, Hp.Art.1, Carn.17; Trag. and Com., as A.Eu.57, S.Ant.6, al., Ar.Lys. 1157, 1225, never in [dialect] Att. Prose: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg.

    ὀπώπει Od.21.123

    ,

    ὀπώπεε Hdt.5.92

    .ζ';

    ὀπώπεσαν Id.7.125

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 ὤφθην S.Ant. 709, E.Hec. 970, Th.4.73, etc. ; opt. ([dialect] Ion.)

    ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    ; part. ὀφθείς, inf. ὀφθῆναι, Id.1.9,10 (for ἐπι-οφθέντας, v. ἐπιόψομαι): [tense] fut.

    ὀφθήσομαι S.Tr. 452

    , E.HF 1155, And.2.10, Lys.3.34 : [tense] pf.

    ὦμμαι Is.Fr. 165

    ,

    ὦψαι D.18.263

    ,

    ὦπται A.Pr. 998

    , D.24.66; cf. ὀπτέον.
    III from ϝιδ- are formed [tense] aor. [voice] Act. εἶδον, inf. ἰδεῖν : [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰδόμην, inf. ἰδέσθαι : [tense] pf. with [tense] pres. sense οἶδα I know, inf. εἰδέναι : verb. Adj. ἰστέος (for these tenses, v. Εἴδω). ( ὁρ- prob. from ϝορ-, as indicated by the [tense] impf. and [tense] pf. forms ; cf. βῶροι (i.e. ϝῶροι), Engl. (a)ware.)
    0-0Senses:
    I abs., see, look, freq. in Hom.; εἴς τι or εἴς τινα to or at a thing or person, Il.24.633, Od.20.373, al., E.Fr. 607 ;

    εἰς τὸν πράττοντα Arist.Po. 1460a14

    :—[voice] Med., Od.5.439, Hes.Op. 534, Fr. 188 ; but ἔς τινα ὁρᾶν to be of so-and-so's party, Philostr.VS1.18 ; εἰς τὴν Ἀττάλου καθαίρεσιν εἶδεν aimed at.., Zos.6.12 ; for

    κατ' αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα Il.16.646

    ,

    Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται 24.291

    , cf.

    καθοράω 11

    ; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον looking over the sea, 1.350 ; ὁρᾶν πρός τι look towards,

    ἀκρωτήριον τὸ πρὸς Μέγαρα ὁρῶν Th.2.93

    , cf. AP7.496 (Simon., cj.) ; πρὸς πλοῦν ὁρᾷ looks to sail (i.e. is ready), E.IA[1624];

    ὁ. ἐπὶ τὴν προδοσίαν D.S.36.3

    ;

    πρὸς σπονδάς Id.33.1

    .
    2 have sight, opp. μὴ ὁρᾶν, to be blind, S.Aj.84 ; ὅσ' ἂν λέγωμεν, πάνθ' ὁρῶντα λέξομεν [though I am blind,] my words shall have eyes, i.e. shall be to the purpose, Id.OC74 ; ἐν σκότῳ.. οὓς μὲν οὐκ ἔδει ὀψοίαθ', i.e. should be blind, Id.OT 1274; ἀμβλύτερον ὁ., opp. ὀξύτερον βλέπειν, Pl.R. 596a ; ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁ. to be short-sighted, Id.Tht. 174e;

    ὁ. βραχύ τι Id.R. 488b

    .
    3 see to, look to, i.e. take or give heed, Il.10.239 ; ὁ. εἰς γλῶσσαν.. ἀνδρός look to, pay heed to, Sol.11.7, cf. A.Supp. 104 (lyr.): freq. in imper., like βλέπε, folld. by a dependent clause,

    ὅρα ὅπως.. Ar.Ec. 300

    , cf.Th.5.27; ὅρα εἰ.. see whether.., A.Pr. 997, Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; also

    ὅρα μὴ.. S.Ph. 30

    , 519, etc.; ὅρα τί ποιεῖς ib. 589 ;

    πῶς.. ὑπερδικεῖς, ὅρα A.Eu. 652

    .
    4 ὁρᾷς; ὁρᾶτε; see'st thou? d'ye see? parenthetically, esp. in explanations, Ar.Nu. 355, Th. 490, etc.;

    ὡς ὁρᾷς S.El. 1114

    , Tr. 365 ; also ὁρᾷς; at the beginning of a sentence, Id.El. 628, E.Andr.87 ; ἀλλ'—ὁρᾷς; but, do you see.. ?, Pl.Prt. 336b;

    ὁρᾷς οὖν.. ὅτι Id.Grg. 475e

    ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς; ironically, D.18.232.
    5 c. acc. cogn., like βλέπω 11, look so and so,

    δεινὸν ὁρῶν ὄσσοισι Hes.Sc. 426

    ;

    ὁρᾶν ἀλκάν Pi.O.9.111

    ;

    ἔαρ ὁρόωσα Νύχεια Theoc.13.45

    ; also ἡδέως ὁρᾶν look pleasant, E.IA 1122: c. acc.,

    κακῶς ὁρᾶν τινα Philostr.VA7.42

    .
    II trans., see an object, behold, perceive, observe, c. acc., freq. in Hom., etc.: [tense] pf. ὄπωπα exclusively in this sense, Il.2.799, Od.21.94, etc. ; ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶν to see with or before the eyes, Il.24.392, Od.8.459, etc. ; αἰεὶ τέρμ' ὁρόων always keeping it in sight, keeping his eye on it, Il.23.323 ; φίλως χ' ὁρόῳτε καὶ εἰ δέκα πύργοι Ἀχαιῶν.. μαχοίατο, i.e. δέκα πύργους, εἰ μαχοίατο, 4.347 ; ὁ. τινά look to (for aid), D.45.64 : in signfs. 1 and 11 combined, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὁρῶν τάδε; A.Ag. 1623, cf. D.25.89.
    b ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, poet. for ζῆν, like βλέπειν, Il.18.61, Od.4.833, etc.; so

    φῶς ὁρᾶν S.OT 375

    , E.Or. 1523, Alc. 691:— in [voice] Med.,

    φέγγος ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Andr. 113

    (eleg.); so ὁρᾶν alone,

    τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος Id.Supp.78

    (lyr.).
    c folld. by a clause, οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος.. ; Il.21.108 ; ὁρᾷς ἡμᾶς, ὅσοι ἐσμέν; Pl.R. 327c ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἥμαρτες; A.Pr. 261, cf. 325, 951 ; Διὸς.. οὐχ ὁρῶ μῆτιν ὅπᾳ φύγοιμ' ἄν ib. 906 (lyr.); ἴδεσθέ μ' οἷα.. πάσχω ib.92.
    d c. part., καπνὸν.. ὁρῶμεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀΐσσοντα we see it rising, Od.10.99; ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προυσελούμενον seeing myself thus insulted, A.Pr. 438, cf. 70, 384, al.; ὁρῶ σε κρύπτοντα.. see you hiding.., E.Hec. 342 ; so ὁρῶ μ' ἔργον ἐξειργασμένην I see that I have done, S.Tr. 706 ; cf. infr. 4b ; rarely in reference to the subject, ὁρῶ μὲν ἐξαμαρτάνων (= ὅτι ἐξαμαρτάνω) E.Med. 350:—so in [voice] Med.,

    ἄνδρα διωκόμενον.. ὁρῶμαι Il.22.169

    , cf. A.Pr. 896 (lyr.): also c. inf.,

    ἑώρων οὐκέτι οἷόν τε εἶναι.. Th.8.60

    .
    e rarely c. gen., οὐδεὶς Σωκράτους οὐδὲν ἀσεβὲς.. οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν οὔτε λέγοντος ἤκουσεν (where the Constr. is suggested by the use of ἤκουσεν) X.Mem.1.1.11 ;

    μέχρι βορῆος ἀπαστράψαντος ἴδηαι Arat. 430

    .
    2 see to,

    ἴδε πῶμα Od.8.443

    ; look out for, provide,

    τινί τι S.Aj. 1165

    (anap.), Theoc.15.2 ;

    πρόβατον εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν LXX Ge.22.8

    .
    3 the inf. is used after an Adj.,

    δεινὸς ἰδεῖν Sol.13.6

    ;

    εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν A. Pers. 387

    , cf. 398, Ch. 174, 176, al. (cf.

    Εἴδω A.1.1

    a) ; ἐχθίστου.. ὁρᾶν most hateful to behold, S.Aj. 818 ;

    ὦ πάτερ δύσμοιρ' ὁρᾶν Id.OC 327

    ;

    ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν X.An.2.6.9

    :—[voice] Med. or [voice] Pass.,

    αἰσχρὸς ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Cyn. 3.3

    : with an Adv.,

    μὴ διχορρόπως ἰδεῖν A.Ag. 349

    : with a Subst.,

    ἄνδρα τευχηστὴν ἰδεῖν Id.Th. 644

    : with a Verb,

    πρέπουσι.. ἰδεῖν Id.Supp. 720

    , cf. S.OT 792.
    4 [voice] Med. is used by Poets like [voice] Act., Il.13.99, A.Pers. 179, Ch. 407 (lyr.), S.Ant. 594 (lyr.), Tr. 306, Cratin.138, etc., v. supr. 11.1 b, c: but in Prose [voice] Med. occurs only in compds., as προ-ορῶμαι: for the imper. ἰδοῦ, ἰδού, v. ἰδοῦ.
    b no [voice] Pass. is used by Hom.; in [dialect] Att. the [voice] Pass. has the sense to be seen, A.Pr. 998,Eu. 411, etc.: c. part., ὤφθημεν ὄντες ἄθλιοι was seen in my wretchedness, E. IT 933 ;

    ὀφθήσεται διώκων

    he will prove to be..,

    Pl.Phdr. 239c

    , cf. Smp. 178e; τὰ ὁρώμενα all that is seen, things visible, like τὰ ὁρατά, Id.Prm. 130a.
    III metaph., of mental sight, discern, perceive, S.El. 945, etc.; so blind Oedipus says, φωνῇ γὰρ ὁρῶ, τὸ φατιζόμενον I see by sound, as the saying is, Id.OC 138 (anap.);

    ἂν οἴνου.. ὀσμὴν ἴδωσιν Alex.222.4

    ; cf. supr. 1.4,

    δέρκομαι 1.2

    .
    IV abs., see visions,

    ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν LXX Nu.24.3

    ,15 :—[voice] Pass., appear in a vision, ὤφθη ἄγγελος πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ib.Jd.13.3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁράω

  • 45 troppo

    1. adj too much
    troppi pl too many
    2. adv too much
    non troppo not too much
    è troppo tardi it's too late
    * * *
    troppo agg.indef.
    1 ( con riferimento alla quantità o all'intensità) too much; pl. too many: la domenica c'è troppo traffico sulle strade, there is too much traffic on the roads on Sundays; c'è troppa nebbia, there is too much fog (o it's too foggy); non fate troppo rumore, don't make too much noise; abbiamo troppo lavoro, we have too much work; non voglio invitare troppa gente, I don't want to invite too many people; ho mangiato troppi dolci, I've eaten too many sweet things; ha fatto troppi errori, he made too many mistakes; troppi dati erano inesatti, too many (of the) data were inexact; c'erano troppe difficoltà da superare, there were too many difficulties to overcome; hai avuto troppa fretta, you were too much in a hurry (o you were too hasty); questa frutta è troppa per me, there is too much fruit here for me; questo è troppo!, this is too much! (o this has gone too far!) // tra loro c'è troppa differenza d'età, there is too great an age difference between them // la prudenza non è mai troppa, you can't be too careful
    2 ( con riferimento alla durata) too long: è passato troppo tempo da allora, it is too long since then; rispondi subito a quella lettera, non lasciar passare troppo tempo!, answer that letter at once, don't wait too long! // Usato anche in espressioni ellittiche: ci vorrebbe troppo ad arrivare, it would take (us) too long to get there; c'è troppo da aspettare, it's too long to wait; abbiamo atteso ( anche) troppo, we've waited (far) too long
    3 ( con riferimento all'estensione nello spazio) too far: c'è ancora troppa strada da fare, there's still too far to go; l'albergo era a troppa distanza dalla spiaggia, the hotel was too far from the beach
    pron.indef.
    1 too much: il vino era buono, ma io ne ho bevuto troppo, the wine was good but I drank too much of it; prima aveva poco lavoro, ora ne ha anche troppo, he didn't have enough work before, now he's even got too much; ''Ne vuoi ancora?'' ''Sì, ma non troppo'', ''Do you want any more?'' ''Yes, but not too much''; ci sarebbe troppo da dire su questo argomento, there would be too much to say on this subject; chiedono troppo per quella casa, they are asking too much for that house; non posso venire, ho ancora troppo da fare, I can't come, I've still got too much to do; non dire altro, hai detto anche troppo, say no more, you have already said too much // ti chiedo troppo se..., am I asking you too much if...
    2 pl. too many ( anche con partitivo); ( troppa gente) too many people: me ne hai dati troppi, you have given me too many (of them); vorrei invitare qualche amico, ma non troppi, I'd like to invite a few friends, but not too many; troppi degli incidenti sono dovuti all'imprudenza, too many (of the) accidents are due to lack of caution; troppi di noi si sono fidati di lui, too many of us trusted him; (fin.) troppi la pensano così, (all) too many people think so; non ci stiamo tutti nella macchina, siamo in troppi, there are too many of us to fit in the car // vorrei degli spaghetti, ma non troppi, I'd like some spaghetti, but not too much
    s.m.: il troppo stroppia, too much is too much (o enough is as good as a feast).
    troppo avv.
    1 (con agg. e avv.) too: troppo alto, corto, too tall, short; troppo tardi, presto, too late, early; troppo poco, too little; è una ragazza troppo sensibile, she is too sensitive; sono abiti troppo costosi, those clothes are too expensive; macchine troppo veloci, cars that are too fast; è una zona troppo umida, that area is too damp; faceva troppo caldo, it was too hot; questa birra è troppo fredda, this beer is too cold; la proposta era troppo interessante per lasciarsela sfuggire, the proposal was too interesting to be missed; è troppo furbo perché lo si possa imbrogliare, he's too smart to be taken in // fin troppo, anche troppo, far too (o much too o all too): è anche troppo facile, it's far too (o much too o all too) easy; sai fin troppo bene che ho ragione, you know all too well that I'm right
    2 ( con verbi) too much: ti preoccupi troppo, you worry too much; ho mangiato troppo, I've eaten too much; abbiamo bevuto un po' troppo, we drank a bit too much; non devi fumare troppo, you mustn't smoke too much; hai parlato troppo, you said too much // avete fatto proprio troppo per noi, you've done much too much for us
    3 ( nel significato di molto, assai) too, so (very): troppo buono!, so good!; troppo gentile da parte tua!, so (very) kind of you!; non ne sarei troppo sicuro, I wouldn't be so sure; non lo farei troppo volentieri, I wouldn't be so (o too) keen to do it; non stava troppo bene, he wasn't too (o so) well // non ci sarebbe troppo da meravigliarsi se..., it wouldn't be so very (o all that) surprising if...
    4 di troppo: uno, venti di troppo, one, twenty too many; sono di troppo?, am I in the way?; ha detto qualcosa di troppo, what he said was uncalled for.
    * * *
    ['trɔppo] troppo (-a)
    1. agg indef
    (quantità: tempo, acqua) too much, (numero: persone, promesse) too many
    2. pron indef

    ha detto anche troppo — he's said far too much o quite enough

    non ne prendo più, ne ho fin troppi — I won't take any more, I've got far too many

    eravamo in troppi — there were too many of us

    ne vorrei ancora un po', ma non troppo — I'd like a little more, but not too much though

    3. avv
    1) (con aggettivo, avverbio) too, (con verbo: gen) too much, (aspettare, durare) too long

    ho aspettato troppo — I've waited too long

    è troppo bello per essere vero — it's too good to be true

    fidarsi troppo di qn — to trust sb too much

    è fin troppo furbo! — he's too clever by half!

    2) (rafforzativo) too, so (very)

    troppo buono da parte tua! (anche) iroyou're too kind!

    non ci sarebbe troppo da stupirsi se rifiutasse — I wouldn't be surprised if he refused

    non esserne troppo sicuro! — don't be too o so sure of that!

    3)

    di troppo — too much

    100 euro di troppo — 100 euros too much

    essere di troppo — to be in the way

    ha bevuto qualche bicchiere di troppo — he's had a few too many

    * * *
    ['trɔppo] 1.
    aggettivo indefinito too much, pl. too many
    2.
    1) (quantità eccessiva) too much, pl. too many

    prendi del pane, ne ho troppo — take some bread, I've got too much

    -i credono che... — too many people think that

    3.

    troppo facile, corto — too easy, short

    2) (molto) too

    non mi sento troppo bene — I don't feel too good; (enfatico)

    3) (con verbi) too much

    ho mangiato troppo — I ate too much, I've had too much to eat

    4) di troppo too many

    uno, due di troppo — one, two too many

    sentirsi di troppo — to feel one is in the way, to feel unwelcome

    5) fin troppo, anche troppo all too, only too

    è fin troppo evidenteit's all o only too obvious

    4.
    sostantivo maschile

    il troppo stroppia — enough is as good as a feast, you can have too much of a good thing

    ••

    chi troppo vuole nulla stringeprov. grasp all, lose all

    ••
    Note:
    Troppo è principalmente usato come aggettivo, pronome o avverbio. - Come aggettivo e come pronome, si traduce con too much davanti o al posto di nomi non numerabili ( troppo vino = too much wine; troppo denaro = too much money; ne ho bevuto troppo = I drank too much (of it)) e too many davanti o al posto di sostantivi plurali ( troppi errori = too many mistakes; ce ne sono troppi = there are too many (of them)). - Come avverbio, troppo si usa dopo un verbo, e in tal caso si traduce too much (tu parli troppo! = you speak too much! ha bevuto troppo? = did he drink too much?); quando precede un altro avverbio o un aggettivo, si traduce con too ( è troppo forte per me = he is too strong for me; un libro troppo pesante = too heavy a book; parla troppo velocemente per me, non la capisco = she speaks too fast for me, I can't understand her). - Per gli altri usi di troppo e gli esempi relativi, si veda la voce qui sotto
    * * *
    troppo
    /'trɔppo/
    Troppo è principalmente usato come aggettivo, pronome o avverbio. - Come aggettivo e come pronome, si traduce con too much davanti o al posto di nomi non numerabili ( troppo vino = too much wine; troppo denaro = too much money; ne ho bevuto troppo = I drank too much (of it)) e too many davanti o al posto di sostantivi plurali ( troppi errori = too many mistakes; ce ne sono troppi = there are too many (of them)). - Come avverbio, troppo si usa dopo un verbo, e in tal caso si traduce too much (tu parli troppo! = you speak too much! ha bevuto troppo? = did he drink too much?); quando precede un altro avverbio o un aggettivo, si traduce con too ( è troppo forte per me = he is too strong for me; un libro troppo pesante = too heavy a book; parla troppo velocemente per me, non la capisco = she speaks too fast for me, I can't understand her). - Per gli altri usi di troppo e gli esempi relativi, si veda la voce qui sotto.
     too much, pl. too many; troppo traffico too much traffic; - e persone too many people; senza -e difficoltà without too much trouble; - i incidenti too many accidents; ha -a paura di cadere he's too scared of falling; ci sono -e cose da fare there's too much to do
     1 (quantità eccessiva) too much, pl. too many; prendi del pane, ne ho troppo take some bread, I've got too much; ho troppo da fare I've got too much to do; ne ho mangiato -i I ate too many (of them); questo è troppo! that's it o the end! quando è troppo è troppo enough is enough
     2 (numero eccessivo di persone) siamo in -i there are too many of us; -i credono che... too many people think that...
     1 (con aggettivi o avverbi) too; troppo facile, corto too easy, short; un compito troppo difficile too difficult a task; è troppo presto it's too early; troppo bello per essere vero too good to be true; siamo troppo pochi there are too few of us; troppo pochi si rendono conto che too few people realize that; 5 euro è troppo poco 5 euros is too little; troppo a lungo too long; troppo spesso too often
     2 (molto) too; non mi sento troppo bene I don't feel too good; (enfatico) sei troppo gentile! you're too o so kind! è troppo simpatico he's so nice
     3 (con verbi) too much; ho mangiato troppo I ate too much, I've had too much to eat; lavori troppo you work too hard; senza crederci troppo without really believing in it
     4 di troppo too many; uno, due di troppo one, two too many; ho qualche chilo di troppo I'm a few kilos overweight; ci sono 2 euro di troppo there are 2 extra euros; ho bevuto qualche bicchiere di troppo I've had a few too many; una volta di troppo once too often; essere di troppo to be in the way; sentirsi di troppo to feel one is in the way, to feel unwelcome
     5 fin troppo, anche troppo all too, only too; è fin troppo evidente it's all o only too obvious; fin troppo spesso all too often; lo conosco fin troppo bene I know him only too well
      il troppo stroppia enough is as good as a feast, you can have too much of a good thing
    chi troppo vuole nulla stringe prov. grasp all, lose all.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > troppo

  • 46 ac

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init.
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae.
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

  • 47 adque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init.
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae.
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

  • 48 atque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init.
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae.
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

  • 49 так


    1. нареч.
    1) so;
    thus, like this, (in) this way;
    in such a way;
    (указание на точное соответствие оригиналу) sic лат. вот так! ≈ that's the way!, that's right! вся неделя так прошла ≈ the whole week passed thus, the whole week passed like that сделайте так! ≈ do it like this! дело обстоит так ≈ this is how matters stand он говорил так, как будто ≈ he spoke as though он так говорил, что ≈ he spoke in such a way that я так и сказал ему, что ≈ I told him in so many words that пусть так останется ≈ let it remain as it is так выйти нельзя ≈ you cannot go out this way он отвечал так ≈ he answered thus, he answers as follows, this is the answer he gave здесь что-то не такthere is smth. wrong here так ли я говорю? ≈ am I right? так ли я делаю? ≈ am I doing right? так, как это было ≈ how it was, the it was будьте так добры (повел.) ≈ please( повел.) будьте так добры (делать что-л.) ≈ would you be so kind (to do smth.) так ли? ≈ is that so? так ли это? ≈ is that (really) the case?, is that so? не так ли? ≈ isn't that so? так и есть ≈ so it is он так и не пришел ≈ he never came он так и не сделал ≈ he never did it я так и не узнал ≈ I never found out, I never learnt так много ≈ so many так страшно ≈ so terrible так необходимо ≈ so necessary так важно ≈ so important точно так ≈ in exactly the same way именно так ≈ just so так же ≈ (как) just as;
    the same way as так чтобыso as так чтобы не ≈ so as not так и не ≈ never
    2) then (в таком случае, тогда) ;
    so (итак) ты не пойдешь, так я пойду ≈ if you don't go, then I shall не тут, так там ≈ if (it is) not here, then (it is) there так он приехал! ≈ so he has come! так вы его знаете! ≈ so you know him! так вот гдеso that is where
    2. союз
    1) then (иногда не переводится) ты не спросишь его, так я спрошу ≈ if you won't ask him, then I will ехать, так ехать ≈ if we are going, let's go не сегодня, так завтра ≈ if not today, then tomorrow
    2) so так вы знаете друг друга? ≈ so you know one another?
    3. частица
    1) (в ответе на вопрос) nothing in particular, nothing special что тебе не понравилось там? - так, общее положение ≈ what did you not like there? - Nothing in particular, just the set-up in general
    2) (для подчеркивания выразительности) ее глаза так и сверкали гневом ≈ her eyes were simply blazing with anger я так и забыл принести книгу ≈ I have gone and forgotten to bring the book мы и так задержались ≈ we've stayed too long as it is так и и так
    3) (утвердительная или эмфатическая частица) yes так точно ≈ yes (в речи военных) ∙ так или иначе ≈ in any event, in any case;
    one way or another;
    in either event (в том и другом случае) так ему и надо! ≈ (it) serves him right! разг. как так? ≈ how is that?, how do you mean? и так и сяк, и так и этак ≈ this way and that, this way, that way and every way и т.д. ≈ etc. книжка эта так себе ≈ this book is not up to much как бы не так! ≈ not likely!;
    nothing of the kind так-то так, но ≈ that's true, but так бы...! (взять бы да и..) ≈ wouldn't I just...! так он это и сделает ≈ you actually think he'll do it! и так далееetceteras, and so on/forth так и так а так так называемый так сказать так например так и быть так себе если так так и знайте

    1. нареч. ( таким образом) like this/that, in such a way;
    thus;
    (в сравнительных предложениях) so;
    дело обстоит ~ the facts are as follows;
    ~ прошёл день and thus the day passed;
    мы сделаем ~ this is what we`ll do;
    это не ~ делается that`s not the way to do it;
    вы это не ~ делаете you`re doing it wrong;
    он не ~ делал это he did it differently;
    делать что-л. не ~ (как надо) not do smth. properly, do* smth. wrong;
    ~, чтобы не опоздать so as not to be late;
    случилось ~, что... it so happened that...;

    2. нареч. (без последствий, даром) like that;
    это тебе ~ не пройдёт you won`t get away with it like that;

    3. нареч. (без особых намерений) just;
    сказал просто ~ he just said it;

    4. нареч. (до такой степени, настолько) so;
    он ~ много ходил, что устал he walked so much that it made him tired;
    ~ давно such a long time ago, so long ago;
    ~ тихо so quiet;
    ~ скоро so soon;

    5. нареч. (в таком случае, тогда) then;
    вы не хотите, ~ я пойду if you don`t want to go, then I will;

    6. частица (ничего, ничего особенного) nothing (much) ;
    (при оценке чьих-л. качеств) just;
    эта книга ~, ничего особенного it`s just a rather mediocre book;

    7. частица (следовательно, значит) so, then;
    (в начале реплики, возобновляющей прерванный разговор) well, now, so;
    ~ вы его знаете? so you know him?;
    ~ о чём я говорил? now, what was I saying?;
    ~ вы придёте? well, are you coming?;

    8. союз (вследствие этого, потому) so;
    сегодня холодно, ~ ты оденься потеплей it`s cold today, so dress up warmly;

    9. союз (но, однако) but;
    говорила я, ~ ты слушать не хотел I told you, but you wouldn`t listen;

    10. усил. частица that is;
    вот это лошадь ~ лошадь! that`s a horse, that is!;

    11. частица (указывает на приблизительное количество) about;
    лет ~ десять тому назад about ten years ago;

    12. частица (например, к примеру) for instance;
    ~, например (thus,) for example;
    ~ и есть! just as I thought!;
    ~ и быть! very well, then!;
    так себе so-so;
    чувствовать себя так себе not feel very well;
    ~ и не never;
    он ~ и не пришёл and he never came;
    ~ ли (это) ? indeed?;
    не ~ ли? didn`t (wasn`t, etc.) he, etc. ?;
    ~-то all right, then;
    ~-то (оно) ~, но... that`s true of course, but...;
    мы и ~ (уж) опаздываем we`re late as it is;
    давно бы ~! and high time!;
    как бы не ~! no fear!;
    ~... как as... as;
    ~ как as, because, since;
    ~ что so that;
    ~ и знайте now understand me;
    get this straight разг. ;
    как на работе, ~ и дома both at work and at home, at home as well as at work;
    не ~ чтобы очень прост. not all that much;
    ~ или иначе any way at any rate;
    nevertheless;
    anyhow;
    ~ на ~ прост. identical;
    обменять ~ на ~ make an even trade;
    ~ вот well (used parenthetically at the beginning of an utterance) ;
    ~ держать! разг. keep it up!

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > так

  • 50 хоть


    1. союз though, although он придет, хоть ему и некогда ≈ busy as he is, he's sure to come я там буду, хоть, может быть, и опоздаю ≈ I'll be there, although I may be late Syn: хотя
    2. частица
    1) (даже;
    если хотите) хоть сейчасat once if you like
    2) (по крайней мере) at least, if nothing else если не для него, то хоть для его товарища ≈ if not for him, at least for his friend для этой работы ему нужно хоть два дня ≈ he ought to have at least two days for that work, he needs two days to do the job
    3) (например) for example, for instance возьмите хоть его друга ≈ take for example his friend ∙ хоть бы

    1. союз см. хотя;

    2. союз (если хотите) if you like (в конце фразы) ;
    ~ сейчас! now, if you like;
    ~ на месяц for a month, if you like;
    приходите ~ сегодня, ~ завтра you can come today or tomorrow, whichever suits you;

    3. частица (только) just;
    (по крайней мере) at least;
    подождите ~ минуту! won`t you wait just a minute?;
    дайте ~ пальто снять! you might let me take my coat off first!;
    скажите ~ слово! do say something!, won`t you say a word to me? дайте мне ~ маленький словарь quite a small dictionary will do for me;
    I only ask for a small dictionary;

    4. частица (например) for example;
    взять ~ этот случай here`s an example of what I mean;
    take this, for example;
    ~ этот мальчик this boy, now;

    5. частица (даже) even;
    жди ~ целый день - не дождёшься nothing will come of it, even if you wait all day;
    you can wait all day and nothing will come of it;
    ~ повеситься one might as well hang one self;
    ~ начинай всё сначала it makes one want to start all over again;
    туда ~ не ходить! it`s not worth going there!;
    ~ бы поскорее конец! if only the end would come!;
    ~ бы чаю где напиться! if only one could get a cup of tea somewhere!;
    ~ бы была причина какая it`s not as if there were any real cause;
    ~ бы что! no effect!, like water off a duck`s back.

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > хоть

  • 51

    , [full] , τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., , , οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but , , οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

    (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

    ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

    ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

    ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

    (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

    (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. , ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With , ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A , , τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

    ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

    the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

    ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

    ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

    : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

    ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

    ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

    ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

    (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

    III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

    ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

    ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

    : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

    II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

    : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

    ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

    ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

    ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

    :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

    in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

    ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

    ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

    ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

    : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

    ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

    : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

    codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B , , τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

    the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

    ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

    ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

    ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

    ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

    ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

    ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

    ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

    ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

    ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

    ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

    : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

    ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

    that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

    ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as , , τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

    ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

    ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

    ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. , , τό, with [pron. full] make , as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: , τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: , τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: , τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) >

  • 52 come

    come [kʌm]
    venir1 (a)-(d) se produire1 (e) exister1 (h) devenir1 (i) en venir à1 (j)
    (pt came [keɪm], pp come [kʌm])
    she won't come when she's called elle ne vient pas quand on l'appelle;
    here come the children voici les enfants qui arrivent;
    here he comes! le voilà qui arrive!;
    it's stuck - ah, no, it's coming! c'est coincé - ah, non, ça vient!;
    coming! j'arrive!;
    come here! venez ici!; (to dog) au pied!;
    come to the office tomorrow passez ou venez au bureau demain;
    he came to me for advice il est venu me demander conseil;
    you've come to the wrong person vous vous adressez à la mauvaise personne;
    you've come to the wrong place vous vous êtes trompé de chemin, vous faites fausse route;
    if you're looking for sun, you've come to the wrong place si c'est le soleil que vous cherchez, il ne fallait pas venir ici;
    come with me (accompany) venez avec moi, accompagnez-moi; (follow) suivez-moi;
    please come this way par ici ou suivez-moi s'il vous plaît;
    I come this way every week je passe par ici toutes les semaines;
    American come and look, come look venez voir;
    familiar come and get it! à la soupe!;
    he came whistling up the stairs il a monté l'escalier en sifflant;
    a car came hurtling round the corner une voiture a pris le virage à toute vitesse;
    to come and go (gen) aller et venir; figurative (pains, cramps etc) être intermittent;
    people are constantly coming and going il y a un va-et-vient continuel;
    fashions come and go la mode change tout le temps;
    after many years had come and gone après bien des années;
    familiar I don't know whether I'm coming or going je ne sais pas où j'en suis;
    you have come a long way vous êtes venu de loin; figurative (made progress) vous avez fait du chemin;
    the computer industry has come a very long way since then l'informatique a fait énormément de progrès depuis ce temps-là;
    also figurative to come running arriver en courant;
    we could see him coming a mile off on l'a vu venir avec ses gros sabots;
    figurative you could see it coming on l'a vu venir de loin, c'était prévisible;
    proverb everything comes to him who waits tout vient à point à qui sait attendre
    (b) (as guest, visitor) venir;
    can you come to my party on Saturday night? est-ce que tu peux venir à ma soirée samedi?;
    I'm sorry, I can't come (je suis) désolé, je ne peux pas venir;
    would you like to come for lunch/dinner? voulez-vous venir déjeuner/dîner?;
    I can only come for an hour or so je ne pourrai venir que pour une heure environ;
    come for a ride in the car viens faire un tour en voiture;
    she's come for her money elle est venue prendre son argent;
    I've got people coming (short stay) j'ai des invités; (long stay) il y a des gens qui viennent;
    Angela came and we had a chat Angela est venue et on a bavardé;
    they came for a week and stayed a month ils sont venus pour une semaine et ils sont restés un mois;
    he couldn't have come at a worse time il n'aurait pas pu tomber plus mal
    (c) (arrive) venir, arriver;
    to come in time/late arriver à temps/en retard;
    I've just come from the post office j'arrive de la poste à l'instant;
    we came to a small town nous sommes arrivés dans une petite ville;
    the time has come to tell the truth le moment est venu de dire la vérité;
    to come to the end of sth arriver à la fin de qch;
    I was coming to the end of my stay mon séjour touchait à sa fin;
    there will come a point when… il viendra un moment où…;
    when you come to the last coat of paint… quand tu en seras à la dernière couche de peinture…;
    (reach) her hair comes (down) to her waist ses cheveux lui arrivent à la taille;
    the mud came (up) to our knees la boue nous arrivait ou venait (jusqu') aux genoux
    (d) (occupy specific place, position) venir, se trouver;
    the address comes above the date l'adresse se met au-dessus de la date;
    my birthday comes before yours mon anniversaire vient avant ou précède le tien;
    a colonel comes before a lieutenant un colonel a la préséance sur un lieutenant;
    Friday comes after Thursday vendredi vient après ou suit jeudi;
    that speech comes in Act 3/on page 10 on trouve ce discours dans l'acte 3/à la page 10;
    the fireworks come next le feu d'artifice est après;
    what comes after the performance? qu'est-ce qu'il y a après la représentation?
    (e) (occur, happen) arriver, se produire;
    when my turn comes, when it comes to my turn quand ce sera (à) mon tour, quand mon tour viendra;
    such an opportunity only comes once in your life une telle occasion ne se présente qu'une fois dans la vie;
    he has a birthday coming son anniversaire approche;
    there's a storm coming un orage se prépare;
    success was a long time coming la réussite s'est fait attendre;
    take life as it comes prenez la vie comme elle vient;
    Christmas comes but once a year il n'y a qu'un Noël par an;
    Bible it came to pass that… il advint que…;
    come what may advienne que pourra, quoi qu'il arrive ou advienne
    the idea just came to me one day l'idée m'est soudain venue un jour;
    suddenly it came to me (I remembered) tout d'un coup, je m'en suis souvenu; (I had an idea) tout d'un coup, j'ai eu une idée;
    I said the first thing that came into my head or that came to mind j'ai dit la première chose qui m'est venue à l'esprit;
    the answer came to her elle a trouvé la réponse
    writing comes naturally to her écrire lui est facile, elle est douée pour l'écriture;
    a house doesn't come cheap une maison coûte ou revient cher;
    the news came as a shock to her la nouvelle lui a fait un choc;
    her visit came as a surprise sa visite nous a beaucoup surpris;
    it comes as no surprise to learn he's gone (le fait) qu'il soit parti n'a rien de surprenant;
    he's as silly as they come il est sot comme pas un;
    they don't come any tougher than Big Al on ne fait pas plus fort que Big Al;
    it'll all come right in the end tout cela va finir par s'arranger;
    the harder they come the harder they fall plus dure sera la chute
    (h) (be available) exister;
    this table comes in two sizes cette table existe ou se fait en deux dimensions;
    the dictionary comes with a magnifying glass le dictionnaire est livré avec une loupe
    (i) (become) devenir;
    it was a dream come true c'était un rêve devenu réalité;
    to come unhooked se décrocher;
    to come unravelled se défaire;
    the buttons on my coat keep coming undone mon manteau se déboutonne toujours
    (j) (+ infinitive) (indicating gradual action) en venir à, finir par; (indicating chance) arriver;
    she came to trust him elle en est venue à ou elle a fini par lui faire confiance;
    we have come to expect this kind of thing nous nous attendons à ce genre de chose maintenant;
    how did you come to lose your umbrella? comment as-tu fait pour perdre ton parapluie?;
    how did the door come to be open? comment se fait-il que la porte soit ouverte?;
    (now that I) come to think of it maintenant que j'y songe, réflexion faite;
    it's not much money when you come to think of it ce n'est pas beaucoup d'argent quand vous y réfléchissez
    (k) (be owing, payable)
    I still have £5 coming (to me) on me doit encore 5 livres;
    there'll be money coming from her uncle's will elle va toucher l'argent du testament de son oncle;
    he got all the credit coming to him il a eu tous les honneurs qu'il méritait;
    familiar you'll get what's coming to you tu l'auras cherché ou voulu;
    familiar he had it coming (to him) il ne l'a pas volé
    a smile came to her lips un sourire parut sur ses lèvres ou lui vint aux lèvres
    how come? comment ça?;
    familiar come again? quoi?;
    American how's it coming? comment ça va?;
    come to that à propos, au fait;
    I haven't seen her in weeks, or her husband, come to that ça fait des semaines que je ne l'ai pas vue, son mari non plus d'ailleurs;
    if it comes to that, I'd rather stay home à ce moment-là ou à ce compte-là, je préfère rester à la maison;
    don't come the fine lady with me! ne fais pas la grande dame ou ne joue pas à la grande dame avec moi!;
    don't come the innocent! ne fais pas l'innocent!;
    British familiar you're coming it a bit strong! tu y vas un peu fort!;
    British familiar don't come it with me! (try to impress) n'essaie pas de m'en mettre plein la vue!; (lord it over) pas la peine d'être si hautain avec moi!;
    the days to come les prochains jours, les jours qui viennent;
    the battle to come la bataille qui va avoir lieu;
    Religion the life to come l'autre vie;
    in times to come à l'avenir;
    for some time to come pendant quelque temps;
    that will not be for some time to come ce ne sera pas avant quelque temps
    (by) come tomorrow/Tuesday you'll feel better vous vous sentirez mieux demain/mardi;
    I'll have been here two years come April ça fera deux ans en avril que je suis là;
    come the revolution you'll all be out of a job avec la révolution, vous vous retrouverez tous au chômage
    come, come!, come now! allons!, voyons!
    4 noun
    vulgar (semen) foutre m
    (a) (occur) arriver, se produire;
    it came about that… il arriva ou il advint que…;
    how could such a mistake come about? comment une telle erreur a-t-elle pu se produire?;
    the discovery of penicillin came about quite by accident la pénicilline a été découverte tout à fait par hasard
    (b) Nautical (wind) tourner, changer de direction; (ship) virer de bord
    (a) (walk, travel across → field, street) traverser;
    as we stood talking she came across to join us pendant que nous discutions, elle est venue se joindre à nous
    to come across well/badly (at interview) faire une bonne/mauvaise impression, bien/mal passer; (on TV) bien/mal passer;
    he never comes across as well on film as in the theatre il passe mieux au théâtre qu'à l'écran;
    he came across as a total idiot il donnait l'impression d'être complètement idiot
    the author's message comes across well le message de l'auteur passe bien;
    her disdain for his work came across le mépris qu'elle avait pour son travail transparaissait
    (d) familiar (do as promised) s'exécuter, tenir parole
    (person) rencontrer par hasard, tomber sur; (thing) trouver par hasard, tomber sur;
    we came across an interesting problem on a été confrontés à ou on est tombés sur un problème intéressant;
    she reads everything she comes across elle lit tout ce qui lui tombe sous la main
    familiar (give → information) donner, fournir ; (→ help) offrir ; (→ money) raquer, se fendre de;
    he came across with the money he owed me il m'a filé le fric qu'il me devait;
    (pursue) poursuivre;
    he came after me with a stick il m'a poursuivi avec un bâton
    (a) (encouraging, urging)
    come along, drink your medicine! allez, prends ou bois ton médicament!;
    come along, we're late! dépêche-toi, nous sommes en retard!
    (b) (accompany) venir, accompagner;
    she asked me to come along (with them) elle m'a invité à aller avec eux ou à les accompagner
    (c) (occur, happen) arriver, se présenter;
    an opportunity like this doesn't come along often une telle occasion ne se présente pas souvent;
    don't accept the first job that comes along ne prenez pas le premier travail qui se présente;
    he married the first woman that came along il a épousé la première venue
    (d) (progress) avancer, faire des progrès; (grow) pousser;
    the patient is coming along well le patient se remet bien;
    the work isn't coming along as expected le travail n'avance pas comme prévu;
    how's your computer class coming along? comment va ton cours d'informatique?
    (object → come to pieces) se démonter; (→ break) se casser; (project, policy) échouer;
    to come apart at the seams (garment) se défaire aux coutures;
    the book came apart in my hands le livre est tombé en morceaux quand je l'ai pris;
    figurative under pressure he came apart sous la pression il a craqué
    (attack) attaquer, se jeter sur;
    he came at me with a knife il s'est jeté sur moi avec un couteau;
    figurative questions came at me from all sides j'ai été assailli de questions
    (a) (leave) partir, s'en aller;
    come away from that door! écartez-vous de cette porte!;
    I came away with the distinct impression that all was not well je suis reparti avec la forte impression que quelque chose n'allait pas;
    he asked her to come away with him (elope) il lui a demandé de s'enfuir avec lui; British (go on holiday) il lui a demandé de partir avec lui
    (b) (separate) partir, se détacher;
    the page came away in my hands la page m'est restée dans les mains
    (a) (return) revenir;
    he came back with me il est revenu avec moi;
    to come back home rentrer (à la maison);
    figurative the colour came back to her cheeks elle reprit des couleurs;
    we'll come back to that question later nous reviendrons à cette question plus tard;
    to come back to what we were saying pour en revenir à ce que nous disions
    it's all coming back to me tout cela me revient (à l'esprit ou à la mémoire);
    her name will come back to me later son nom me reviendra plus tard
    (c) (reply) répondre; American (retort) rétorquer, répliquer;
    they came back with an argument in favour of the project ils ont répondu par un argument en faveur du projet
    (d) (recover) remonter;
    he came back strongly in the second set il a bien remonté au deuxième set;
    they came back from 3-0 down ils ont remonté de 3 à 0
    (e) (become fashionable again) revenir à la mode; (make comeback) faire un come-back
    Law (of person) comparaître devant; (of case) être entendu par
    brouiller, éloigner;
    he came between her and her friend il l'a brouillée avec son amie, il l'a éloignée de son amie;
    we mustn't let a small disagreement come between us nous n'allons pas nous disputer à cause d'un petit malentendu
    come by
    (stop by) passer, venir
    (acquire → work, money) obtenir, se procurer; (→ idea) se faire;
    jobs are hard to come by il est difficile de trouver du travail;
    how did you come by this camera/those bruises? comment as-tu fait pour avoir cet appareil-photo/ces bleus?;
    how did she come by all that money? comment s'est-elle procuré tout cet argent?;
    how on earth did he come by that idea? où est-il allé chercher cette idée?
    (descend → ladder, stairs) descendre; (→ mountain) descendre, faire la descente de
    (a) (descend → from ladder, stairs) descendre; (→ from mountain etc) descendre, faire la descente; (plane → crash) s'écraser; (→ land) atterrir;
    to come down to breakfast descendre déjeuner ou prendre le petit déjeuner;
    come down from that tree! descends de cet arbre!;
    they came down to Paris ils sont descendus à Paris;
    hem-lines are coming down this year les jupes rallongent cette année;
    he's come down in the world il a déchu;
    you'd better come down to earth tu ferais bien de revenir sur terre ou de descendre des nues
    (b) (fall) tomber;
    rain was coming down in sheets il pleuvait des cordes;
    the ceiling came down le plafond s'est effondré
    (c) (reach) descendre;
    the dress comes down to my ankles la robe descend jusqu'à mes chevilles;
    her hair came down to her waist les cheveux lui tombaient ou descendaient jusqu'à la taille
    (d) (decrease) baisser;
    he's ready to come down 10 percent on the price il est prêt à rabattre ou baisser le prix de 10 pour cent
    (e) (be passed down) être transmis (de père en fils);
    this custom comes down from the Romans cette coutume nous vient des Romains;
    the necklace came down to her from her great-aunt elle tient ce collier de sa grand-tante
    (f) (reach a decision) se prononcer;
    the majority came down in favour of/against abortion la majorité s'est prononcée en faveur de/contre l'avortement;
    to come down on sb's side décider en faveur de qn
    (g) (be removed) être défait ou décroché;
    that wallpaper will have to come down il va falloir enlever ce papier peint;
    the Christmas decorations are coming down today aujourd'hui, on enlève les décorations de Noël;
    the tree will have to come down (be felled) il faut abattre cet arbre;
    these houses are coming down soon on va bientôt démolir ces maisons
    (h) British University obtenir son diplôme
    (i) familiar drugs slang redescendre
    (a) (rebuke) s'en prendre à;
    the boss came down hard on him le patron lui a passé un de ces savons;
    one mistake and he'll come down on you like a ton of bricks si tu fais la moindre erreur, il te tombera sur le dos
    they came down on me to sell the land ils ont essayé de me faire vendre le terrain
    (amount) se réduire à, se résumer à;
    it all comes down to what you want to do tout cela dépend de ce que vous souhaitez faire;
    it all comes down to the same thing tout cela revient au même;
    that's what his argument comes down to voici à quoi se réduit son raisonnement
    (become ill) attraper;
    he came down with a cold il s'est enrhumé, il a attrapé un rhume
    (present oneself) se présenter;
    more women are coming forward as candidates davantage de femmes présentent leur candidature;
    the police have appealed for witnesses to come forward la police a demandé aux témoins de se faire connaître
    the townspeople came forward with supplies les habitants de la ville ont offert des provisions;
    he came forward with a new proposal il a fait une nouvelle proposition;
    Law to come forward with evidence présenter des preuves
    venir;
    she comes from China elle vient ou elle est originaire de Chine;
    to come from a good family être issu ou venir d'une bonne famille;
    this word comes from Latin ce mot vient du latin;
    this wine comes from the south of France ce vin vient du sud de la France;
    this passage comes from one of his novels ce passage est extrait ou provient d'un de ses romans;
    that's surprising coming from him c'est étonnant de sa part;
    a sob came from his throat un sanglot s'est échappé de sa gorge;
    familiar I'm not sure where he's coming from je ne sais pas très bien ce qui le motive
    (a) (enter) entrer; (come inside) rentrer;
    come in! entrez!;
    they came in through the window ils sont entrés par la fenêtre;
    come in now, children, it's getting dark rentrez maintenant, les enfants, il commence à faire nuit;
    British familiar Mrs Brown comes in twice a week (to clean) Madame Brown vient (faire le ménage) deux fois par semaine
    (b) (plane, train) arriver
    she came in second elle est arrivée deuxième
    (d) (be received → money, contributions) rentrer;
    there isn't enough money coming in to cover expenditure l'argent qui rentre ne suffit pas à couvrir les dépenses;
    how much do you have coming in every week? combien touchez-vous ou encaissez-vous chaque semaine?
    (e) Press (news, report) être reçu;
    news is just coming in of a riot in Red Square on nous annonce à l'instant des émeutes sur la place Rouge
    come in car number 1, over j'appelle voiture 1, à vous;
    come in Barry Stewart from New York à vous, Barry Stewart à New York
    (g) (become seasonable) être de saison; (become fashionable) entrer en vogue;
    when do endives come in? quand commence la saison des endives?;
    leather has come in le cuir est à la mode ou en vogue
    to come in handy or useful (tool, gadget) être utile ou commode; (contribution) arriver à point;
    these gloves come in handy or useful for driving ces gants sont bien commodes ou utiles pour conduire
    (i) (be involved) être impliqué; (participate) participer, intervenir;
    where do I come in? quel est mon rôle là-dedans?;
    this is where the law comes in c'est là que la loi intervient;
    he should come in on the deal il devrait participer à l'opération;
    I'd like to come in on this (conversation) j'aimerais dire quelques mots là-dessus ou à ce sujet
    (j) (tide) monter
    (be object of → abuse, reproach) subir;
    to come in for criticism être critiqué, être l'objet de critiques;
    the government came in for a lot of criticism over its handling of the crisis le gouvernement a été très critiqué pour la façon dont il gère la crise;
    to come in for praise être félicité
    (be given a part in) prendre part à;
    they let him come in on the deal ils l'ont laissé prendre part à l'affaire
    (a) (inherit) hériter de; (acquire) entrer en possession de;
    to come into some money (inherit it) faire un héritage; (win it) gagner le gros lot;
    they came into a fortune (won) ils ont gagné une fortune; (inherited) ils ont hérité d'une fortune
    (b) (play a role in) jouer un rôle;
    it's not simply a matter of pride, though pride does come into it ce n'est pas une simple question de fierté, bien que la fierté joue un certain rôle;
    money doesn't come into it! l'argent n'a rien à voir là-dedans!
    résulter de;
    what will come of it? qu'en adviendra-t-il?, qu'en résultera-t-il?;
    no good will come from or of it ça ne mènera à rien de bon, il n'en résultera rien de bon;
    let me know what comes of the meeting faites-moi savoir ce qui ressortira de la réunion;
    that's what comes from listening to you! voilà ce qui arrive quand on vous écoute!
    (a) (fall off → of rider) tomber de; (→ of button) se détacher de, se découdre de; (→ of handle, label) se détacher de; (of tape, wallpaper) se détacher de, se décoller de; (be removed → of stain, mark) partir de, s'enlever de
    (b) (stop taking → drug, medicine) arrêter de prendre; (→ drink) arrêter de boire;
    to come off the pill arrêter (de prendre) la pilule
    (c) (climb down from, leave → wall, ladder etc) descendre de;
    to come off a ship/plane débarquer d'un navire/d'un avion;
    I've just come off the night shift (finished work) je viens de quitter l'équipe de nuit; (finished working nights) je viens de finir le travail de nuit
    (d) Football (field) sortir de
    oh, come off it! allez, arrête ton char!
    (a) (rider) tomber; (button) se détacher, se découdre; (handle, label) se détacher; (stain, mark) partir, s'enlever; (tape, wallpaper) se détacher, se décoller;
    the handle came off in his hand la poignée lui est restée dans la main
    (c) (fare, manage) s'en sortir, se tirer de;
    you came off well in the competition tu t'en es bien tiré au concours;
    to come off best gagner
    (d) familiar (happen) avoir lieu, se passer ; (be carried through) se réaliser ; (succeed) réussir ;
    did the game come off all right? le match s'est bien passé?;
    my trip to China didn't come off mon voyage en Chine n'a pas eu lieu;
    his plan didn't come off son projet est tombé à l'eau
    (e) Cinema & Theatre (film, play) fermer
    (a) (follow) suivre;
    I'll come on after (you) je vous suivrai
    (b) (in imperative) come on! (with motion, encouraging, challenging) vas-y!, allez!; (hurry) allez!; familiar (expressing incredulity) tu rigoles!;
    come on Scotland! allez l'Écosse!;
    come on in/up! entre/monte donc!;
    oh, come on, for goodness sake! allez, arrête!
    (c) (progress) avancer, faire des progrès; (grow) pousser, venir bien;
    how is your work coming on? où en est votre travail?;
    my roses are coming on nicely mes rosiers se portent bien;
    her new book is coming on quite well son nouveau livre avance bien;
    he's coming on in physics il fait des progrès en physique
    (d) (begin → illness) se déclarer; (→ storm) survenir, éclater; (→ season) arriver;
    as night came on quand la nuit a commençé à tomber;
    it's coming on to rain il va pleuvoir;
    I feel a headache/cold coming on je sens un mal de tête qui commence/que je m'enrhume
    (e) (start functioning → electricity, gas, heater, lights, radio) s'allumer; (→ motor) se mettre en marche; (→ utilities at main) être mis en service;
    has the water come on? y a-t-il de l'eau?
    (f) (behave, act)
    don't come on all macho with me! ne joue pas les machos avec moi!;
    familiar you came on a bit strong tu y es allé un peu fort
    (g) Theatre (actor) entrer en scène; (play) être joué ou représenté;
    his new play is coming on on va donner sa nouvelle pièce
    (a) (proceed to consider) aborder, passer à;
    I want to come on to the issue of epidemics je veux passer à la question des épidémies
    she was coming on to me in a big way elle me draguait à fond
    (a) (exit, go out socially) sortir;
    as we came out of the theatre au moment où nous sommes sortis du théâtre;
    would you like to come out with me tonight? est-ce que tu veux sortir avec moi ce soir?;
    figurative if he'd only come out of himself or out of his shell si seulement il sortait de sa coquille
    (b) (make appearance → stars, sun) paraître, se montrer; (→ flowers) sortir, éclore; figurative (→ book) paraître, être publié; (→ film) paraître, sortir; (→ new product) sortir;
    to come out in a rash (person) se couvrir de boutons, avoir une éruption;
    his nasty side came out sa méchanceté s'est manifestée;
    I didn't mean it the way it came out ce n'est pas ce que je voulais dire
    (c) (be revealed → news, secret) être divulgué ou révélé; (→ facts, truth) émerger, se faire jour;
    as soon as the news came out dès qu'on a su la nouvelle, dès que la nouvelle a été annoncée
    (d) (be removed → stain) s'enlever, partir; (colour → fade) passer, se faner; (→ run) déteindre;
    when do your stitches come out? quand est-ce qu'on t'enlève tes fils?
    to come out strongly (for/against) se prononcer avec vigueur (pour/contre);
    the governor came out against/for abortion le gouverneur s'est prononcé (ouvertement) contre/pour l'avortement;
    familiar to come out (of the closet) (homosexual) révéler (publiquement) son homosexualité, faire son come-out
    (f) British (on strike) se mettre en ou faire grève
    (g) (emerge, finish up) se tirer d'affaire, s'en sortir; (in competition) se classer;
    the government came out of the deal badly le gouvernement s'est mal sorti de l'affaire;
    everything will come out fine tout va s'arranger;
    I came out top in maths j'étais premier en maths;
    to come out on top gagner
    (h) (go into society) faire ses débuts ou débuter dans le monde
    this sum won't come out je n'arrive pas à résoudre cette opération
    the pictures came out well/badly les photos étaient très bonnes/n'ont rien donné;
    the house didn't come out well la maison n'est pas très bien sur les photos
    (k) Computing (exit) sortir;
    to come out of a document sortir d'un document
    (amount to) s'élever à
    to come out in spots or a rash avoir une éruption de boutons
    (say) dire, sortir;
    what will he come out with next? qu'est-ce qu'il va nous sortir encore?;
    he finally came out with it il a fini par le sortir
    (a) (move, travel in direction of speaker) venir;
    at the party she came over to talk to me pendant la soirée, elle est venue me parler;
    do you want to come over this evening? tu veux venir à la maison ce soir?;
    his family came over with the early settlers sa famille est arrivée ou venue avec les premiers pionniers;
    I met him in the plane coming over je l'ai rencontré dans l'avion en venant
    (b) (stop by) venir, passer
    they came over to our side ils sont passés de notre côté;
    he finally came over to their way of thinking il a fini par se ranger à leur avis
    her speech came over well son discours a fait bon effet ou bonne impression;
    he came over as honest il a donné l'impression d'être honnête;
    he doesn't come over well on television il ne passe pas bien à la télévision;
    her voice comes over well sa voix passe ou rend bien
    (e) familiar (feel) devenir ;
    he came over all funny (felt ill) il s'est senti mal tout d'un coup, il a eu un malaise; (behaved oddly) il est devenu tout bizarre;
    to come over dizzy être pris de vertige;
    to come over faint être pris d'une faiblesse
    affecter, envahir;
    a change came over him un changement se produisit en lui;
    a feeling of fear came over him il a été saisi de peur, la peur s'est emparée de lui;
    what has come over him? qu'est-ce qui lui prend?
    (a) (make a detour) faire le détour;
    we came round by the factory nous sommes passés par ou nous avons fait le détour par l'usine
    (b) (stop by) passer, venir
    (c) (occur → regular event)
    don't wait for Christmas to come round n'attendez pas Noël;
    when the championships/elections come round au moment des championnats/élections;
    the summer holidays will soon be coming round again bientôt, ce sera de nouveau les grandes vacances
    (d) (change mind) changer d'avis;
    he finally came round to our way of thinking il a fini par se ranger à notre avis;
    they soon came round to the idea ils se sont faits à cette idée;
    (change to better mood) don't worry, she'll soon come round ne t'en fais pas, elle sera bientôt de meilleure humeur
    (e) (recover consciousness) reprendre connaissance, revenir à soi; (get better) se remettre, se rétablir;
    she's coming round after a bout of pneumonia elle se remet d'une pneumonie
    (f) Nautical venir au vent
    his sense of conviction came through on voyait qu'il était convaincu;
    her enthusiasm comes through in her letters son enthousiasme se lit dans ses lettres;
    your call is coming through je vous passe votre communication;
    you're coming through loud and clear je vous reçois cinq sur cinq;
    figurative his message came through loud and clear son message a été reçu cinq sur cinq
    (b) (be granted, approved) se réaliser;
    did your visa come through? avez-vous obtenu votre visa?;
    my request for a transfer came through ma demande de mutation a été acceptée
    (c) (survive) survivre, s'en tirer
    he came through for us il a fait ce qu'on attendait de lui ;
    did he come through on his promise? a-t-il tenu parole? ;
    they came through with the documents ils ont fourni les documents ;
    he came through with the money il a rendu l'argent comme prévu
    (a) (cross) traverser; figurative (penetrate) traverser;
    we came through marshland nous sommes passés par ou avons traversé des marais;
    the rain came through my coat la pluie a traversé mon manteau;
    water is coming through the roof l'eau s'infiltre par le toit
    they came through the accident without a scratch ils sont sortis de l'accident indemnes;
    I'm sure you will come through this crisis je suis sûr que tu te sortiras de cette crise;
    she came through the exam with flying colours elle a réussi l'examen avec brio
    come to
    (a) (recover consciousness) reprendre connaissance, revenir à soi
    (b) Nautical (change course) venir au vent, lofer; (stop) s'arrêter
    when it comes to physics, she's a genius pour ce qui est de la physique, c'est un génie;
    when it comes to paying you can't see anyone for dust quand il faut payer, il n'y a plus personne
    (b) (amount to) s'élever à, se monter à;
    how much did dinner come to? à combien s'élevait le dîner?;
    her salary comes to £750 a month elle gagne 750 livres par mois;
    the plan never came to anything le projet n'a abouti à rien;
    that nephew of yours will never come to anything ton neveu n'arrivera jamais à rien
    (c) figurative (arrive at, reach)
    now we come to questions of health nous en venons maintenant aux questions de santé;
    he got what was coming to him il n'a eu que ce qu'il méritait;
    to come to a conclusion arriver à une conclusion;
    to come to power accéder au pouvoir;
    what is the world or what are things coming to? où va-t-on ?;
    what are things coming to when there aren't even enough hospital beds available? où va-t-on s'il n'y a pas assez de lits dans les hôpitaux?;
    I never thought it would come to this je ne me doutais pas qu'on en arriverait là;
    let's hope it won't come to that espérons que nous n'en arrivions pas là
    (a) (assemble) se réunir, se rassembler; (meet) se rencontrer;
    the two roads come together at this point les deux routes se rejoignent à cet endroit
    everything came together at the final performance tout s'est passé à merveille pour la dernière représentation
    (a) (be subjected to → authority, control) dépendre de; (→ influence) tomber sous, être soumis à;
    the government is coming under pressure to lower taxes le gouvernement subit des pressions visant à réduire les impôts
    (b) (be classified under) être classé sous;
    that subject comes under "current events" ce sujet est classé ou se trouve sous la rubrique "actualités"
    (a) (move upwards) monter; (moon, sun) se lever
    I come up to town every Monday je viens en ville tous les lundis;
    they came up to Chicago ils sont venus à Chicago;
    to come up for air (diver) remonter à la surface; figurative (take break) faire une pause;
    she came up the hard way elle a réussi à la force du poignet;
    Military an officer who came up through the ranks un officier sorti du rang
    (c) (approach) s'approcher;
    to come up to sb s'approcher de qn, aborder qn;
    the students came up to him with their questions les étudiants sont venus le voir avec leurs questions;
    it's coming up to five o'clock il est presque cinq heures;
    coming up now on Channel 4, the seven o'clock news et maintenant, sur Channel 4, le journal de sept heures;
    familiar one coffee, coming up! et un café, un!
    (d) (plant) sortir, germer;
    my beans are coming up nicely mes haricots poussent bien
    (e) (come under consideration → matter) être soulevé, être mis sur le tapis; (→ question, problem) se poser, être soulevé; Law (→ accused) comparaître; (→ case) être entendu;
    that problem has never come up ce problème ne s'est jamais posé;
    the question of financing always comes up la question du financement se pose toujours;
    the subject came up twice in the conversation le sujet est revenu deux fois dans la conversation;
    your name came up twice on a mentionné votre nom deux fois;
    she comes up for re-election this year son mandat prend fin cette année;
    my contract is coming up for review mon contrat doit être révisé;
    to come up before the judge or the court (accused) comparaître devant le juge; (case) être entendu par la cour;
    her case comes up next Wednesday elle passe au tribunal mercredi prochain
    (f) (happen unexpectedly → event) survenir, surgir; (→ opportunity) se présenter;
    to deal with problems as they come up traiter les problèmes au fur et à mesure;
    she's ready for anything that might come up elle est prête à faire face à toute éventualité;
    I can't make it, something has come up je ne peux pas venir, j'ai un empêchement;
    I'll let you know if anything comes up (if I find further information) s'il y a du nouveau, je vous tiendrai au courant; (anything that is suitable) je vous tiendrai au courant si je vois quelque chose qui vous convienne
    (g) (intensify → wind) se lever; (→ light) s'allumer; (→ sound) s'intensifier;
    when the lights came up at the interval lorsque les lumières se rallumèrent à l'entracte
    everything she eats comes up (again) elle vomit ou rejette tout ce qu'elle mange
    (i) (colour, wood etc)
    the colour comes up well when it's cleaned la couleur revient bien au nettoyage
    (j) familiar (win) gagner ;
    did their number come up? (in lottery) ont-ils gagné au loto?; figurative est-ce qu'ils ont touché le gros lot?
    (be confronted with) rencontrer;
    they came up against some tough competition ils se sont heurtés à des concurrents redoutables
    (find unexpectedly → person) rencontrer par hasard, tomber sur; (→ object) trouver par hasard, tomber sur;
    we came upon the couple just as they were kissing nous avons surpris le couple en train de s'embrasser
    (a) (reach) arriver à;
    the mud came up to their knees la boue leur montait ou arrivait jusqu'aux genoux;
    she comes up to his shoulder elle lui arrive à l'épaule;
    we're coming up to the halfway mark nous atteindrons bientôt la moitié
    his last book doesn't come up to the others son dernier livre ne vaut pas les autres;
    to come up to sb's expectations répondre à l'attente de qn;
    the play didn't come up to our expectations la pièce nous a déçus
    (offer, propose → money, loan) fournir; (think of → plan, suggestion) suggérer, proposer; (→ answer) trouver; (→ excuse) trouver, inventer;
    they came up with a wonderful idea ils ont eu une idée géniale;
    what will she come up with next? qu'est-ce qu'elle va encore inventer?
    Come on down! Il s'agit de la formule consacrée du jeu télévisé The Price is Right (dont l'équivalent français est Le Juste prix) qui débuta en 1957 aux États-Unis, et dans les années 80 en Grande-Bretagne. L'animateur de l'émission prononçait ces paroles ("Descendez!") pour inviter les membres du public sélectionnés pour participer au jeu à venir le rejoindre sur la scène. Aujourd'hui on utilise cette formule plaisamment pour dire à quelqu'un d'approcher ou bien pour indiquer à quelqu'un qui doit prononcer un discours ou se produire sur scène qu'il est temps de prendre place.
    Come up and see me sometime... Cette formule fut utilisée pour la première fois par Mae West dans le film de 1933 She Done Him Wrong (dont le titre français est Lady Lou); la citation exacte était en fait Why don't you come up sometime, see me? ("Pourquoi est-ce que tu ne monterais pas un de ces jours, pour me voir?"). Il s'agit de l'archétype de l'invitation au badinage. Encore aujourd'hui on utilise cette formule en imitant l'air canaille de Mae West.

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > come

  • 53 time

    1. noun
    1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

    for all time — für immer [und ewig]

    past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

    stand the test of timedie Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

    in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

    time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

    at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

    time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

    in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

    in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

    there is time for thatdafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

    it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

    waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

    spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

    I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

    she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

    be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

    pass the timesich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

    length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

    make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

    in one's own timein seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

    take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

    time is money(prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

    in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

    all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

    in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

    in half the timein der Hälfte der Zeit

    half the time(coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

    it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

    have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

    have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

    there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

    lose no time in doing something(not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

    do time(coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

    in my time(heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

    in my time(period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

    time off or out — freie Zeit

    get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

    Time! (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

    have a lot of time for somebody(fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

    3) no pl. (moment or period destined for purpose) Zeit, die

    harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

    now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

    when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

    on time(punctually) pünktlich

    ahead of timezu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

    all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also academic.ru/5926/be">be 2. 1)

    4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

    times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

    have a good timeSpaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

    have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

    5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

    in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

    in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

    in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

    ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

    at one time(previously) früher

    6) (occasion) Mal, das

    next time you comewenn du das nächste Mal kommst

    ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

    many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

    at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

    at the or that time — (in the past) damals

    at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

    at the same time(nevertheless) gleichwohl

    time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

    pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

    for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

    7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

    what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

    have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

    tell the time(read a clock) die Uhr lesen

    time of day — Tageszeit, die

    [at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

    at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

    pass the time of day(coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

    by this/that time — inzwischen

    by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

    [by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

    keep good time[Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

    8) (amount) Zeit, die

    make good timegut vorwärts kommen

    [your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

    four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

    10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

    out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

    keep time with somethingbei etwas den Takt [ein]halten

    2. transitive verb
    1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

    be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

    2) (set to operate at correct time) justieren (Technik); einstellen
    3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)

    the bus is timed to connect with the trainder Bus hat einen direkten Anschluss an den Zug

    4) (measure time taken by) stoppen
    •• Cultural note:
    Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) die Zeit
    2) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) die Zeit
    3) (a point at which, or period during which, something happens: at the time of his wedding; breakfast-time.)
    4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') die Zeit
    5) (a suitable moment or period: Now is the time to ask him.) der Zeitpunkt
    6) (one of a number occasions: He's been to France four times.) das Mal
    7) (a period characterized by a particular quality in a person's life, experience etc: He went through an unhappy time when she died; We had some good times together.) die Zeiten (pl.)
    8) (the speed at which a piece of music should be played; tempo: in slow time.) das Tempo
    2. verb
    1) (to measure the time taken by (a happening, event etc) or by (a person, in doing something): He timed the journey.) Zeit messen von
    2) (to choose a particular time for: You timed your arrival beautifully!) den Zeitpunkt wählen
    - timeless
    - timelessly
    - timelessness
    - timely
    - timeliness
    - timer
    - times
    - timing
    - time bomb
    - time-consuming
    - time limit
    - time off
    - time out
    - timetable
    - all in good time
    - all the time
    - at times
    - be behind time
    - for the time being
    - from time to time
    - in good time
    - in time
    - no time at all
    - no time
    - one
    - two at a time
    - on time
    - save
    - waste time
    - take one's time
    - time and time again
    - time and again
    * * *
    [taɪm]
    I. NOUN
    1. no pl (considered as a whole) Zeit f
    \time stood still die Zeit stand still
    \time marches [or moves] on die Zeit bleibt nicht stehen
    the best player of all \time der bester Spieler aller Zeiten
    in the course of \time mit der Zeit
    over the course of \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit
    to be a matter [or question] of \time eine Frage der Zeit sein
    \time is on sb's side die Zeit arbeitet für jdn
    as \time goes by [or on] im Lauf[e] der Zeit
    to kill \time die Zeit totschlagen
    to make \time for sth sich dat die Zeit für etw akk nehmen
    \time-tested [alt]bewährt
    for all \time für immer [o alle Zeit]
    in \time mit der Zeit
    over [or with] \time im Lauf[e] der Zeit
    2. no pl (period, duration) Zeit f
    \time's up ( fam) die Zeit ist um
    we spent part of the \time in Florence, and part of the \time in Rome wir verbrachten unsere Zeit teils in Florenz und teils in Rom
    you'll forget her, given \time mit der Zeit wirst du sie vergessen
    it will take some \time es wird eine Weile dauern
    sorry, folks, we're [all] out of \time now AM, AUS ( fam) tut mir leid Leute, aber wir sind schon über der Zeit
    I haven't seen one of those in a long \time so etwas habe ich schon lange nicht mehr gesehen
    half the \time, he misses class er fehlt die halbe Zeit
    the \time is ripe die Zeit ist reif
    we talked about old \times wir sprachen über alte Zeiten
    breakfast/holiday \time Frühstücks-/Urlaubszeit f
    extra \time SPORT Verlängerung f
    they played extra \time sie mussten in die Verlängerung
    three minutes into extra \time, Ricardo scored the decisive goal nach drei Minuten Verlängerung erzielte Ricardo das entscheidende Tor
    free [or spare] \time Freizeit f
    future \time Zukunft f
    injury \time BRIT SPORT Nachspielzeit f
    to have \time on one's hands viel Zeit zur Verfügung haben
    at this moment in \time zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt
    period of \time Zeitraum m
    for a prolonged period of \time über einen längeren Zeitraum
    running \time FILM Spielzeit f
    past \time Vergangenheit f
    present \time Gegenwart f
    in one week's \time in einer Woche
    in one's own \time in seiner Freizeit
    a short \time later kurz darauf
    some/a long \time ago vor einiger/langer Zeit
    most of the \time meistens
    to do sth for a \time etw eine Zeit lang tun
    to find [the] \time to do sth Zeit finden, etw zu tun
    to gain/lose \time Zeit gewinnen/verlieren
    there's no \time to lose [or to be lost] wir dürfen [jetzt] keine Zeit verlieren, es ist höchste Zeit
    to give sb a hard \time ( fam) jdm zusetzen
    to have the \time of one's life sich akk großartig amüsieren
    to have all the \time in the world alle Zeit der Welt haben
    to have an easy/hard \time with sth keine Probleme/Probleme mit etw dat haben
    to make \time for sb/sth sich dat Zeit für jdn/etw nehmen
    to pass the \time sich dat die Zeit vertreiben
    to be pressed for \time in Zeitnot sein
    to run out of \time nicht genügend Zeit haben
    to save \time Zeit sparen
    to spend [a lot of] \time [in] doing sth [viel] Zeit damit verbringen, etw zu tun
    to take [a long/short] \time [lange/nicht lange] dauern
    to take one's \time sich dat Zeit lassen
    to take the \time and trouble to do sth sich dat die Mühe machen, etw zu tun
    to waste \time Zeit vergeuden [o verschwenden]
    to waste sb's \time jds Zeit vergeuden
    after a \time nach einer gewissen Zeit
    all the [or this] \time die ganze Zeit; (always) immer
    for a \time eine Zeit lang
    for a long/short \time [für] lange/kurze Zeit
    for the \time being vorläufig
    leave the ironing for the \time being - I'll do it later lass das Bügeln einst mal - ich mach's später
    in no [or next to no] [or less than no] \time [at all] im Nu
    3. (pertaining to clocks)
    have you got the \time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?
    what's the \time? [or what \time is it?] wie spät ist es?
    excuse me, have you got the \time [on you]? Entschuldigung, haben Sie eine Uhr?
    can you already tell the \time? na, kannst du denn schon die Uhr lesen?
    oh dear, is that the right \time? oh je, ist es denn wirklich schon so spät/noch so früh?
    the \time is 8.30 es ist 8.30 Uhr
    to keep bad/good \time watch, clock falsch/richtig gehen
    to gain/lose \time watch, clock vor-/nachgehen
    4. (specific time or hour) Zeit f
    the \time is drawing near when we'll have to make a decision der Zeitpunkt, zu dem wir uns entscheiden müssen, rückt immer näher
    he recalled the \time when they had met er erinnerte sich daran, wie sie sich kennengelernt hatten
    do you remember the \time Alistair fell into the river? erinnerst du dich noch daran, wie Alistair in den Fluss fiel?
    we always have dinner at the same \time wir essen immer um dieselbe Zeit zu Abend
    I was exhausted by the \time I got home ich war erschöpft, als ich zu Hause ankam
    I'll call you ahead of \time esp AM ich rufe dich noch davor an
    at this \time of day/year zu dieser Tages-/Jahreszeit
    for this \time of day/year für diese Tages-/Jahreszeit
    what are you doing here at this \time of the day [or night]? was machst du um diese Uhrzeit hier?
    this \time tomorrow/next month morgen/nächsten Monat um diese Zeit
    5. (occasion) Mal nt
    the last \time we went to Paris,... das letzte Mal, als wir nach Paris fuhren,...
    I'll know better next \time das nächste Mal bin ich schlauer
    there are \times when I... es gibt Augenblicke, in denen ich...
    sometimes I enjoy doing it, but at other \times I hate it manchmal mache ich es gerne, dann wiederum gibt es Momente, in denen ich es hasse
    every [or each] \time jedes Mal
    for the first \time zum ersten Mal
    some other \time ein andermal
    one/two at a \time jeweils eine(r, s)/zwei; persons jeweils einzeln/zu zweit
    at \times manchmal
    at all \times immer, jederzeit
    at any [given] [or [any] one] \time immer, jederzeit
    at the \time damals
    at the best of \times im besten [o günstigen] Fall[e]
    he can't read a map at the best of \times er kann nicht mal unter normalen Umständen eine Karte lesen
    at the present [or AM this] \time im Moment
    from \time to \time gelegentlich, ab und zu
    6. (frequency) Mal nt
    the \times I've told you... [or how many \times have I told you...] wie oft habe ich dir schon gesagt...
    these shares are selling at 10 \time earnings diese Aktien werden mit einem Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis von 10 verkauft
    \time and [\time] again immer [und immer] wieder
    three/four \times a week/in a row drei/vier Mal in der Woche/hintereinander
    three \times champion BRIT, AUS [or AM three \time champion] dreimaliger Meister/dreimalige Meisterin
    three \times as much dreimal so viel
    for the hundredth/thousandth/umpteenth \time zum hundertsten/tausendsten/x-ten Mal
    lots of [or many] \times oft, viele Male
    it's \time for bed es ist Zeit, ins Bett zu gehen
    the \time has come to... es ist an der Zeit,...
    it's \time [that] I was leaving es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe
    [and] about \time [too] BRIT, AUS (yet to be accomplished) wird aber auch [langsam] Zeit!; (already accomplished) wurde aber auch [langsam] Zeit!
    it's high \time that she was leaving höchste Zeit, dass sie geht!; (already gone) das war aber auch höchste Zeit, dass sie endlich geht!
    we finished two weeks ahead of \time wir sind zwei Wochen früher fertig geworden
    we arrived in good \time for the start of the match wir sind rechtzeitig zum Spielbeginn angekommen
    to do sth dead [or exactly] [or right] on \time ( fam) etw pünktlich machen fam
    the bus arrived dead on \time der Bus kam auf die Minute genau
    in \time rechtzeitig
    on \time pünktlich; (as scheduled) termingerecht
    8. often pl (era, lifetime) Zeit f
    \times are difficult [or hard] die Zeiten sind hart
    at the \time of the Russian Revolution zur Zeit der Russischen Revolution
    in Victorian \times im Viktorianischen Zeitalter
    she is one of the best writers of modern \times sie ist eine der besten Schriftstellerinnen dieser Tage [o unserer Zeit]
    at one \time, George Eliot lived here George Eliot lebte einmal hier
    this was before my \time das war vor meiner Zeit
    she has grown old before her \time sie ist vorzeitig gealtert
    my grandmother has seen a few things in her \time meine Großmutter hat in ihrem Leben einiges gesehen
    \time was when you could... es gab Zeiten, da konnte man...
    if one had one's \time over again wenn man noch einmal von vorne anfangen könnte
    at his \time of life in seinem Alter
    the best.... of all \time der/die beste... aller Zeiten
    to keep up [or AM change] with the \times mit der Zeit gehen
    to be ahead of [or esp BRIT before] one's \time seiner Zeit voraus sein
    to be behind the \times seiner Zeit hinterherhinken
    from [or since] \time immemorial [or esp BRIT out of mind] seit undenklichen Zeiten
    in [or during] former/medieval \times früher/im Mittelalter
    in \times gone by früher
    in my \time zu meiner Zeit
    in our grandparents' \time zu Zeiten unserer Großeltern
    in \times past in der Vergangenheit, früher
    arrival/departure \time Ankunfts-/Abfahrtszeit f
    10. (hour registration method)
    daylight saving \time Sommerzeit f
    Greenwich Mean T\time Greenwicher Zeit f
    11. SPORT Zeit f
    record \time Rekordzeit f
    he won the 100 metres in record \time er gewann das 100-Meter-Rennen in einer neuen Rekordzeit
    two \times five is ten zwei mal fünf ist zehn
    ten \times bigger than... zehnmal so groß wie...
    13. no pl MUS Takt m
    to be/play out of \time aus dem Takt sein
    to beat \time den Rhythmus schlagen
    to get out of \time aus dem Takt kommen
    to keep \time den Takt halten
    in three-four \time im Dreivierteltakt
    14. (remunerated work)
    part \time Teilzeit f
    short \time BRIT Kurzarbeit f
    to have \time off frei haben
    to take \time off sich dat freinehmen
    \time off arbeitsfreie Zeit
    to be paid double \time den doppelten Stundensatz [o 100% Zuschlag] bezahlt bekommen
    to work [or be on] short \time BRIT kurzarbeiten
    15. BRIT (end of pub hours)
    “\time [please]!” „Feierabend!“ (wenn ein Pub abends schließt)
    16. ([not] like)
    to not give sb the \time of day jdn ignorieren
    to not have much \time for sb jdn nicht mögen
    to have a lot of \time for sb großen Respekt vor jdm haben
    17.
    \times are changing die Zeiten ändern sich
    to do [or serve] \time ( fam) sitzen fig fam
    \time is of the essence die Zeit drängt
    \time flies [when you're having fun] ( saying) wie die Zeit vergeht!
    all good things in all good \time alles zu seiner Zeit
    \time is a great healer, \time heals all wounds ( prov) die Zeit heilt alle Wunden prov
    \time hangs heavy die Zeit steht still
    \time is money ( prov) Zeit ist Geld prov
    to know the \time of the day sich akk auskennen
    \time moves on [or passes] die Zeit rast
    there's a \time and a place [for everything] ( prov) alles zu seiner Zeit
    there's no \time like the present ( saying) was du heute kannst besorgen, das verschiebe nicht auf morgen prov
    [only] \time can [or will] tell ( saying) erst die Zukunft wird es zeigen
    \time and tide wait for no man [or no one] ( prov) man muss die Gelegenheit beim Schopf[e] packen
    a week is a long \time in politics ( saying) eine Woche ist lang in der Politik
    to \time sb over 100 metres jds Zeit beim 100-Meter-Lauf nehmen
    the winning team was \timed at 5 minutes 26 seconds die Siegermannschaft wurde mit 5 Minuten und 26 Sekunden gestoppt
    to \time an egg darauf achten, dass man fürs Eierkochen die richtige Zeit einhält
    to \time sth für etw akk den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen
    to be ill/well \timed zum genau falschen/richtigen Zeitpunkt kommen
    3. (arrange when sth should happen)
    to \time sth to... etw so planen, dass...
    we \timed our trip to coincide with her wedding wir legten unsere Reise so, dass sie mit ihrer Hochzeit zusammenfiel
    to \time a bomb to explode at... eine Bombe so einstellen, dass sie um... explodiert
    * * *
    [taɪm]
    1. NOUN
    1) Zeit f

    only time will tell whether... — es muss sich erst herausstellen, ob...

    to take (one's) time (over sth)sich (dat) (bei etw) Zeit lassen

    in ( next to or less than) no time — im Nu, im Handumdrehen

    at this ( present) point or moment in time — zu diesem or zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

    to have a lot of/no time for sb/sth — viel/keine Zeit für jdn/etw haben; ( fig

    to find time (for sb/sth) — Zeit (für jdn/etw) finden

    to make time (for sb/sth) — sich (dat) Zeit (für jdn/etw) nehmen

    he lost no time in telling her —

    in one's own/the company's time — in or während der Freizeit/Arbeitszeit

    don't rush, do it in your own time — nur keine Hast, tun Sie es, wie Sie es können

    to do time ( inf, in prison )sitzen (inf)

    he'll let you know in his own good time — er wird Ihnen Bescheid sagen, wenn er so weit ist

    it's a long time ( since...) — es ist schon lange her(, seit...)

    to have time on one's hands —

    too many people who have time on their hands — zu viele Leute, die zu viel freie Zeit haben

    having time on my hands I went into a caféda ich (noch) Zeit hatte, ging ich ins Café

    2)

    by clock what time is it?, what's the time? — wie spät ist es?, wie viel Uhr ist es?

    the time is 2.30 — es ist 2.30 Uhr, die Zeit: 2.30 Uhr

    it's 2 o'clock local time — es ist 2.00 Uhr Ortszeit

    the winning time was... — die Zeit des Siegers war...

    it's time (for me/us etc) to go, it's time I was/we were etc going, it's time I/we etc went — es wird Zeit, dass ich gehe/wir gehen etc

    time gentlemen please!Feierabend! (inf), bitte, trinken Sie aus, wir schließen gleich

    I wouldn't even give him the time of dayich würde ihm nicht einmal guten or Guten Tag sagen __diams; to tell the time (person) die Uhr kennen; (instrument) die Uhrzeit anzeigen

    can you tell the time?kennst du die Uhr? __diams; to make good time gut or schnell vorankommen

    if we get to Birmingham by 3 we'll be making good time — wenn wir um 3 Uhr in Birmingham sind, sind wir ziemlich schnell

    it's about time he was here (he has arrived) — es wird (aber) auch Zeit, dass er kommt; (he has not arrived) es wird langsam Zeit, dass er kommt

    (and) about time too!das wird aber auch Zeit! __diams; ahead of time zu früh

    we are ahead of timewir sind früh dran __diams; behind time zu spät

    at one time — früher, einmal

    but at the same time, you must admit that... — aber andererseits müssen Sie zugeben, dass...

    it was hard, but at the same time you could have tried — es war schwierig, aber Sie hätten es trotzdem versuchen können __diams; in/on time rechtzeitig

    3) = moment, season Zeit f

    this is hardly the time or the place to... — dies ist wohl kaum die rechte Zeit oder der rechte Ort, um...

    this is no time for quarrelling or to quarrel — jetzt ist nicht die Zeit, sich zu streiten

    well, this is a fine time to tell me that (iro)Sie haben sich (dat) wahrhaftig eine gute Zeit ausgesucht, um mir das zu sagen

    there are times when... — es gibt Augenblicke, wo or da (geh)...

    at the or that time — damals, zu der Zeit, seinerzeit

    at this (particular) time, at the present time — zurzeit

    sometimes..., (at) other times... —

    from that time on since that time — von der Zeit an, von da an seit der Zeit

    this time last year/week — letztes Jahr/letzte Woche um diese Zeit

    to choose or pick one's timesich (dat) einen günstigen Zeitpunkt aussuchen

    the time has come (to do sth) — es ist an der Zeit(, etw zu tun)

    when the time comes for you to be the leader — wenn Sie an der Reihe sind, die Führung zu übernehmen __diams; at + times manchmal

    at all times — jederzeit, immer

    by the time we arrive, there's not going to be anything left — bis wir ankommen, ist nichts mehr übrig

    by that time we'll knowdann or bis dahin wissen wir es __diams; by this time inzwischen

    by this time next year/tomorrow — nächstes Jahr/morgen um diese Zeit __diams; from time to time, (US) time to time dann und wann, von Zeit zu Zeit

    until such time as... — so lange bis...

    until such time as you apologize — solange du dich nicht entschuldigst, bis du dich entschuldigst

    this time of the day/year — diese Tages-/Jahreszeit

    at this time of the week/month — zu diesem Zeitpunkt der Woche/des Monats

    now's the time to do it —

    now's my/your etc time to do it — jetzt habe ich/hast du etc Gelegenheit, es zu tun

    4)

    = occasion this time — diesmal, dieses Mal

    every or each time... — jedes Mal, wenn...

    many a time, many times — viele Male

    many's the time I have heard him say... — ich habe ihn schon oft sagen hören...

    time and (time) again, time after time — immer wieder, wieder und wieder (geh)

    I've told you a dozen times... — ich habe dir schon x-mal gesagt...

    nine times out of ten... — neun von zehn Malen...

    they came in one/three etc at a time — sie kamen einzeln/immer zu dritt etc herein

    for weeks at a timewochenlang __diams; a time

    he pays me £10 a time — er zahlt mir jedes Mal £ 10

    rides on the roundabout cost £2 a time — eine Fahrt auf dem Karussell kostet £ 2 __diams; (the) next time

    (the) last time he was here — letztes Mal or das letzte Mal, als er hier war

    5) MATH

    it was ten times as big as or ten times the size of... —

    6)

    = rate Sunday is (paid) double time/time and a half — sonntags gibt es 100%/50% Zuschlag

    7) = era Zeit f

    time was when... — es gab Zeiten, da...

    when times are hard —

    times are changing for the better/worse — es kommen bessere/schlechtere Zeiten

    times have changed for the better/worse — die Zeiten haben sich gebessert/verschlechtert

    to be behind the times — rückständig sein, hinter dem Mond leben (inf)

    8)

    = experience to have the time of one's life — eine herrliche Zeit verbringen, sich glänzend amüsieren

    what a time we had or that was! —

    what times we had!, what times they were! — das waren (noch) Zeiten!

    to have an easy/a hard time — es leicht/schwer haben

    we had an easy/a hard time getting to the finals — es war leicht für uns/wir hatten Schwierigkeiten, in die Endrunde zu kommen

    was it difficult? – no, we had an easy time (of it) —

    to have a bad/rough time — viel mitmachen

    to give sb a bad/rough etc time (of it) — jdm das Leben schwer machen

    we had such a bad time with the travel agency —

    we had a good time — es war (sehr) schön, es hat uns (dat)

    she'll give you a good time for £30 — bei ihr kannst du dich für £ 30 amüsieren

    9) = rhythm Takt m

    you're singing out of time (with the others) — du singst nicht im Takt (mit den anderen)

    3/4 time — Dreivierteltakt m

    2. TRANSITIVE VERB
    1)

    = choose time of to time sth perfectly — genau den richtigen Zeitpunkt für etw wählen

    you must learn to time your requests a little more tactfully — du musst lernen, deine Forderungen zu einem geeigneteren Zeitpunkt vorzubringen

    he timed his arrival to coincide with... —

    the bomb is timed to explode at... — die Bombe ist so eingestellt, dass sie um... explodiert

    2) = measure time of with stopwatch stoppen; speed messen

    to time sb (over 1000 metres) — jdn (auf 1000 Meter) stoppen, jds Zeit (auf or über 1000 Meter) nehmen

    time how long it takes you, time yourself — sieh auf die Uhr, wie lange du brauchst; (with stopwatch) stopp, wie lange du brauchst

    to time an egg — auf die Uhr sehen, wenn man ein Ei kocht

    a computer that times its operator — ein Computer, der die Zeit misst, die sein Operator braucht

    * * *
    time [taım]
    A s
    1. Zeit f:
    time past, present, and to come Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft;
    for all time für alle Zeiten;
    as time went on im Laufe der Zeit;
    time will show die Zeit wird es lehren;
    2. (endliche oder irdische) Zeit (Ggs Ewigkeit)
    3. ASTRON Zeit f:
    4. Zeit f, Uhr(zeit) f:
    what’s the time?, what time is it? wie viel Uhr ist es?, wie spät ist es?;
    what time? um wie viel Uhr?;
    the time is half past three es ist jetzt halb vier;
    a) zu dieser (späten) Tageszeit, zu so später Stunde,
    b) fig so spät, in diesem späten Stadium;
    can you tell me the time of day?, have you got the time? können Sie mir sagen, wie spät es ist?;
    a) sich Gesellschaft leisten,
    b) (kurz) miteinander plaudern;
    a) jemandem Gesellschaft leisten,
    b) (kurz) mit jemandem plaudern;
    know the time of day umg wissen, was es geschlagen hat;
    so that’s the time of day! umg so stehts also!;
    some time about noon etwa um Mittag;
    this time tomorrow morgen um diese Zeit;
    this time twelve months heute übers Jahr;
    keep good time richtig oder genau gehen (Uhr)
    5. Zeit(dauer) f, Zeitabschnitt m, ( auch PHYS Fall- etc) Dauer f, WIRTSCH auch Arbeitszeit f (im Herstellungsprozess etc):
    a long time lange Zeit;
    that was a long time ago das ist schon lange her;
    some time longer noch einige Zeit;
    be a long time in doing sth lange (Zeit) dazu brauchen, etwas zu tun;
    long time no hear (see) umg wir haben ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nichts mehr voneinander gehört (wir haben uns ja schon seit einer Ewigkeit nicht mehr gesehen);
    time of a draft WIRTSCH Laufzeit f eines Wechsels;
    in times of war in Kriegszeiten; all A 1, hard A 10, no1 C 1, probation 3
    6. Zeit(punkt) f(m):
    time of arrival Ankunftszeit;
    an unfortunate time ein unglücklicher Zeitpunkt;
    a) zu dieser Zeit, damals,
    b) gerade;
    at the present time derzeit, gegenwärtig;
    a) gleichzeitig, zur selben Zeit,
    b) trotzdem;
    at that time zu der Zeit;
    at this time of the year zu dieser Jahreszeit;
    at one time einst, früher (einmal);
    at some time irgendwann (einmal);
    for the time für den Augenblick;
    a) vorläufig, fürs Erste,
    b) unter den gegenwärtigen Umständen;
    in three weeks’ time in oder binnen drei Wochen; about A 2, departure 2
    7. meist pl Zeit(alter) f(n), Zeiten pl, Epoche f:
    at ( oder in) the time of Queen Anne zur Zeit der Königin Anna;
    in our time in unserer Zeit;
    she was a legend in her own time sie war schon zu Lebzeiten eine Legende;
    other times, other manners (Sprichwort) andere Zeiten, andere Sitten; old A 4
    8. pl Zeiten pl, Zeitverhältnisse pl
    9. the times pl die Zeit: move B 2
    10. Frist f, (zugemessene) Zeit:
    time of delivery WIRTSCH Lieferfrist, -zeit;
    time for payment Zahlungsfrist;
    ask time WIRTSCH um Frist(verlängerung) bitten;
    you must give me time Sie müssen mir Zeit geben oder lassen
    11. (verfügbare) Zeit:
    buy a little time etwas Zeit schinden, eine kleine Galgenfrist gewinnen;
    I can never call my time my own ich kann nie frei über meine Zeit verfügen;
    have no time keine Zeit haben;
    have no time for sb fig nichts übrighaben für jemanden;
    have all the time in the world umg jede Menge Zeit haben;
    take (the) time sich die Zeit nehmen ( to do zu tun);
    take one’s time sich Zeit lassen;
    take your time auch es eilt nicht, überleg es dir in aller Ruhe;
    time is up! die Zeit ist um oder abgelaufen!; forelock1
    12. ( oft schöne) Zeit, Erlebnis n:
    have the time of one’s life
    a) sich großartig amüsieren,
    b) leben wie ein Fürst
    13. unangenehme Zeit, Unannehmlichkeit f
    14. (Zeit-)Lohn m, besonders Stundenlohn m
    15. umg (Zeit f im) Knast m:
    do time (im Gefängnis) sitzen ( for wegen)
    16. Lehrzeit f, -jahre pl
    17. (bestimmte oder passende) Zeit:
    the time has come for sth to happen es ist an der Zeit, dass etwas geschieht;
    there is a time for everything, all in good time alles zu seiner Zeit;
    it’s time for bed es ist Zeit, ins oder zu Bett zu gehen;
    it’s time for breakfast es ist Zeit zum Frühstück(en); high time
    18. a) (natürliche oder normale) Zeit
    b) (Lebens)Zeit f:
    time of life Alter n;
    his time is drawing near seine Zeit ist gekommen, sein Tod naht heran;
    the time was not yet die Zeit war noch nicht gekommen
    19. a) Schwangerschaft f
    b) Niederkunft f:
    she is far on in her time sie ist hochschwanger;
    she is near her time sie steht kurz vor der Entbindung
    20. (günstige) Zeit:
    now is the time jetzt ist die passende Gelegenheit, jetzt gilt es ( beide:
    to do zu tun);
    at such times bei solchen Gelegenheiten
    21. Mal n:
    the first time das erste Mal;
    for the first time zum ersten Mal;
    each time that … jedes Mal, wenn …;
    time and again, time after time immer wieder;
    at some other time, another time ein andermal;
    at a time auf einmal, zusammen, zugleich, jeweils;
    one at a time einzeln, immer eine(r, s);
    two at a time zu zweit, paarweise, jeweils zwei; every Bes Redew, lucky 1
    22. pl mal, …mal:
    three times four is twelve drei mal vier ist zwölf;
    twenty times zwanzigmal;
    three times the population of Coventry dreimal so viele Einwohner wie Coventry;
    four times the size of yours viermal so groß wie deines;
    six times the amount die sechsfache Menge;
    several times mehrmals
    23. besonders SPORT (erzielte, gestoppte) Zeit:
    the winner’s time is 2.50 minutes
    24. Einheit f der Zeit (im Drama)
    25. LIT metrische Einheit, besonders Mora f (kleinste metrische Einheit im Verstakt)
    26. Tempo n, Zeitmaß n
    27. MUS
    a) time value
    b) Tempo n, Zeitmaß n
    c) Rhythmus m, Takt(bewegung) m(f)
    d) Takt (-art f) m:
    time variation Tempoveränderung f;
    in time to the music im Takt zur Musik;
    beat (keep) time den Takt schlagen (halten)
    28. MIL Marschtempo n, Schritt m: mark1 B 1
    B v/t
    1. (mit der Uhr) messen, (ab-)stoppen, die Zeit messen von (oder gen)
    2. timen ( auch SPORT), die Zeit oder den richtigen Zeitpunkt wählen oder bestimmen für, zur rechten Zeit tun
    3. zeitlich abstimmen
    4. die Zeit festsetzen für, (zeitlich) legen:
    the train is timed to leave at 7 der Zug soll um 7 abfahren;
    he timed the test at 30 minutes er setzte für den Test 30 Minuten an
    5. eine Uhr richten, stellen:
    the alarm clock is timed to ring at six der Wecker ist auf sechs gestellt
    6. zeitlich regeln (to nach), TECH den Zündpunkt etc einstellen, (elektronisch etc) steuern
    7. das Tempo oder den Takt angeben für
    C v/i
    1. Takt halten
    2. zeitlich zusammen- oder übereinstimmen ( with mit)Besondere Redewendungen: against time gegen die Zeit oder Uhr, mit größter Eile;
    be ahead of time zu früh (daran) sein;
    be (well) ahead of ( oder in advance of) one’s time seiner Zeit (weit) voraus sein;
    be behind time zu spät daran sein, Verspätung haben;
    be 10 minutes behind time 10 Minuten Verspätung haben;
    be behind one’s time rückständig sein;
    between times in den Zwischenzeiten;
    five minutes from time SPORT fünf Minuten vor Schluss;
    from time to time von Zeit zu Zeit;
    a) rechtzeitig ( to do um zu tun),
    b) mit der Zeit,
    c) im (richtigen) Takt in time of in Zeiten von (od gen);
    a) pünktlich,
    b) bes US für eine (bestimmte) Zeit,
    c) WIRTSCH US auf Zeit, besonders auf Raten out of time
    a) zur Unzeit, unzeitig,
    b) vorzeitig,
    c) zu spät,
    d) aus dem Takt oder Schritt till such time as … so lange, bis …;
    with time mit der Zeit;
    time was, when … die Zeit ist vorüber, als …;
    time has been when … es gab eine Zeit, da …; any A 2, no1 C 1
    t. abk
    1. teaspoon (teaspoonful) TL
    3. tempore, in the time of
    4. LING tense
    5. time
    6. ton ( tons pl) t
    7. LING transitive
    T. abk
    3. Thursday Do.
    4. time
    5. Tuesday Di.
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) no pl., no art. Zeit, die

    for all time — für immer [und ewig]

    past/present/future time — Vergangenheit, die/Gegenwart, die/Zukunft, die

    stand the test of time — die Zeit überdauern; sich bewähren

    in [the course of] time, as time goes on/went on — mit der Zeit; im Laufe der Zeit

    time will tell or show — die Zukunft wird es zeigen

    at this point or moment in time — zum gegenwärtigen Zeitpunkt

    time flies — die Zeit vergeht [wie] im Fluge

    in time, with time — (sooner or later) mit der Zeit

    2) (interval, available or allotted period) Zeit, die

    in a week's/month's/year's time — in einer Woche/in einem Monat/Jahr

    there is time for thatdafür ist od. haben wir noch Zeit

    it takes me all my time to do it — es beansprucht meine ganze Zeit, es zu tun

    give one's time to somethingeiner Sache (Dat.) seine Zeit opfern

    waste of time — Zeitverschwendung, die

    spend [most of one's/a lot of] time on something/[in] doing something — [die meiste/viel] Zeit mit etwas zubringen/damit verbringen, etwas zu tun

    I have been waiting for some/a long time — ich warte schon seit einiger Zeit/schon lange

    she will be there for [quite] some time — sie wird ziemlich lange dort sein

    be pressed for time — keine Zeit haben; (have to finish quickly) in Zeitnot sein

    pass the timesich (Dat.) die Zeit vertreiben

    length of time — Zeit[dauer], die

    make time for somebody/something — sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen

    in one's own time — in seiner Freizeit; (whenever one wishes) wann man will

    take one's time [over something] — sich (Dat.) [für etwas] Zeit lassen; (be slow) sich (Dat.) Zeit [mit etwas] lassen

    time is money(prov.) Zeit ist Geld (Spr.)

    in [good] time — (not late) rechtzeitig

    all the or this time — die ganze Zeit; (without ceasing) ständig

    in [less than or next to] no time — innerhalb kürzester Zeit; im Nu od. Handumdrehen

    half the time(coll.): (as often as not) fast immer

    it will take [some] time — es wird einige Zeit dauern

    have the/no time — Zeit/keine Zeit haben

    have no time for somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas ist einem seine Zeit zu schade

    there is no time to lose or be lost — es ist keine Zeit zu verlieren

    lose no time in doing something (not delay) etwas unverzüglich tun

    do time(coll.) eine Strafe absitzen (ugs.)

    in my time (heyday) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.); (in the course of my life) im Laufe meines Lebens

    in my time (period at a place) zu meiner Zeit (ugs.)

    time off or out — freie Zeit

    get/take time off — frei bekommen/sich (Dat.) frei nehmen (ugs.)

    Time! (Boxing) Stop!; Time!; (Brit.): (in pub) Feierabend!

    have a lot of time for somebody(fig.) für jemandem viel übrig haben

    harvest/Christmas time — Ernte-/Weihnachtszeit, die

    now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die richtige Zeit, es zu tun

    when the time comes/came — wenn es so weit ist/als es so weit war

    on time (punctually) pünktlich

    ahead of timezu früh [ankommen]; vorzeitig [fertig werden]

    all in good time — alles zu seiner Zeit; see also be 2. 1)

    4) in sing. or pl. (circumstances) Zeit, die

    times are good/bad/have changed — die Zeiten sind gut/schlecht/haben sich verändert

    have a good timeSpaß haben (ugs.); sich amüsieren

    have a hard time [of it] — eine schwere Zeit durchmachen

    5) (associated with events or person[s]) Zeit, die

    in time of peace/war — in Friedens-/Kriegszeiten

    in Tudor/ancient times — zur Zeit der Tudors/der Antike

    in former/modern times — früher/heutzutage

    ahead of or before one's/its time — seiner Zeit voraus

    6) (occasion) Mal, das

    ten/a hundred/a thousand times — zehn- / hundert- / tausendmal

    many's the time [that]..., many a time... — viele Male...

    at a time like this/that — unter diesen/solchen Umständen

    at the or that time — (in the past) damals

    at one time, at [one and] the same time — (simultaneously) gleichzeitig

    time and [time] again, time after time — immer [und immer] wieder

    pay somebody £6 a time — jemandem für jedes Mal 6 Pfund zahlen

    for hours/weeks at a time — stundenlang/wochenlang [ohne Unterbrechung]

    7) (point in day etc.) [Uhr]zeit, die

    what time is it?, what is the time? — wie spät ist es?

    have you [got] the time? — kannst du mir sagen, wie spät es ist?

    tell the time (read a clock) die Uhr lesen

    time of day — Tageszeit, die

    [at this] time of [the] year — [um diese] Jahreszeit

    at this time of [the] night — zu dieser Nachtstunde

    pass the time of day(coll.) ein paar Worte wechseln

    by this/that time — inzwischen

    by the time [that] we arrived — bis wir hinkamen

    [by] this time tomorrow — morgen um diese Zeit

    keep good time[Uhr:] genau od. richtig gehen

    8) (amount) Zeit, die

    [your] time's up! — deine Zeit ist um (ugs.) od. abgelaufen

    four times the size of/higher than something — viermal so groß wie/höher als etwas

    10) (Mus.) (duration of note) Zeitdauer, die; (measure) Takt, der

    out of time/in time — aus dem/im Takt

    keep time with something — bei etwas den Takt [ein]halten

    2. transitive verb
    1) (do at correct time) zeitlich abstimmen

    be well/ill timed — zur richtigen/falschen Zeit kommen

    3) (arrange time of arrival/departure of)
    •• Cultural note:
    Eine britische überregionale Tageszeitung, deren Pendant am Sonntag The Sunday Times ist. Sie ist eine broadsheet-Zeitung und zählt zur seriösen Presse. Sie ist politisch unabhängig, wird jedoch gemeinhin als konservativ angesehen. Sie ist die älteste Zeitung in England und wurde erstmals 1785 veröffentlicht
    * * *
    adj.
    zeitlich adj. n.
    Tempo -s n.
    Zeit -en f.

    English-german dictionary > time

  • 54 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 55 τυγχάνω

    τυγχάνω, Thgn.253, Pi.P.3.104, O.2.47, etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    τύγχανον Od.14.231

    , ([etym.] παρετ-) Il.11.74: [tense] fut.

    τεύξομαι 16.609

    , Od.19.314, Ar.Eq. 112, Lys.18.23 (also as [tense] fut. [voice] Med. of τεύχω): [tense] aor. 2 ἔτῠχον, [dialect] Ep. τύχον, Il.5.287, 587, etc.; [dialect] Ep. subj. τύχωμι, -ῃσι, 7.243, 11.116; later also τετύχῃσι, Max.577; late [dialect] Ep. opt.

    τετύχοιμι Man.3.299

    : [dialect] Ep. also [tense] aor. 1

    ἐτύχησα Il.15.581

    , al., Hes.Fr.15: [tense] pf. τετύχηκα (intr.) Od.10.88 (part. τετυχηκώς, v.l. τετυχηώς. Il.17.748), Th. 1.32, (trans.) X.Cyr.4.1.2, Isoc.3.59; later also τέτευχα, D.21.150 (cod. S), Arist.EN 1119a10, PA 647b15, freq. later, PEnteux.6.7 (iii B. C.), UPZ123.30 (ii B. C.), PStrassb.98.10 (ii B. C.), Inscr.Prien.108.287 (ii B. C.), etc.; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. inf.

    τετεύχεν SIG398.5

    (Cos, iii B. C.); but [dialect] Ion. [tense] plpf.

    ἐτετεύχεε Hdt.3.14

    ; τέτυχα v.l. in Ep.Hebr.8.6, v.l. in J.BJ7.5.4, ([etym.] συν- ) Aristeas 180, etc.; part.

    τετυχώς Jahresh.29

    Beibl. 163 (Stara Zagora):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1

    τεύξασθαι LXX2 Ma.15.7

    :— [voice] Pass., [tense] impf.

    ἐτυγχάνετο Ant.Lib.39.3

    (dub.): elsewh. in compds, [tense] aor. 1 ἐτεύχθην ([etym.] ἐν-) Plb.35.6.1: [tense] pf. τέτευγμαι ([etym.] ἐπι-) Id.6.53.2.
    2 of events, and things generally, happen to one, befall one, come to one's lot, c. dat. pers., οὔνεκά μοι τύχε πολλά because much fell to me, Il.11.684;

    καί μοι μάλα τύγχανε πολλά Od.14.231

    ;

    θέλοιμ' ἂν ὡς πλείστοισι πημονὰς τυχεῖν A.Pr. 348

    , cf. Pers. 706 (troch.);

    οἷ' αὐτοῖς τύχοι S.Ph. 275

    ;

    εἴ τι δεσπόταισι τυγχάνει E.Alc. 138

    : abs.,

    εἰ δ' αὖθ', ὃ μὴ γένοιτο, συμφορὰ τύχοι A.Th.5

    , cf. Ag. 347, etc.;

    ἄριστα πρὸς τὸ τυγχάνον E.Hel. 1290

    , cf. Ion 1511.
    b [tense] aor. part. ὁ τυχών, the first one meets, any chance person, Hes.Th. 973, Pl.R. 539d, etc.;

    οἱ τ.

    everyday men, the vulgar,

    X.Mem.3.9.10

    , etc.;

    εἷς ἦν τῶν τ. Isoc.10.21

    ; οὐχ ὁ τ. ἀνήρ, of Moses, Longin.9.9: so of things, τὸ τυχόν any chance result, Pl.Ti. 46e;

    ὃν ἐξαλείφει πρόφασις ἡ τυχοῦσ' ὅλον E.Fr. 1041

    ; οὐχ ὁ τ. λόγος no common discourse, Pl.Lg. 723e;

    σύνεσιν οὐ τὰν τυχοῦσαν Archim.

    Spir.Praef.; οἱ τ. φόβοι trifling fears, Lycurg.37; καίπερ τὸ τ. καταβαλοῦσιν though they may have paid a trifling sum, Str.5.2.7:—Math., τυχὸν σημεῖον any point (at random), Euc.1.5, cf. 6.9; ἄλλα, ἃ ἔτυχεν, ἰσάκις πολλαπλάσια any other equimultiples taken at random, Id.5.4.
    3 in [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. or [tense] impf., impers. (sts. also pers.) in relat. clauses, as (when, where, etc.) it (he, she, etc.) happened (may happen, etc.), i. e. anyhow, at any time, place, etc., καὶ ἀρχομένοις καὶ μεσοῦσι καὶ ὅπως ἔτυχέ τῳ at the beginning, middle, or any other point, Th.5.20; ὡς ἔτυχε ζημιοῦσθαι to be penalized just anyhow, X.Mem.3.9.13; οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν in no ordinary manner, Men. Sam.79, BMus.Inscr.4.481*.340 (Ephesus, ii A. D.); τὴν μὲν δικαίαν, τὴν δ' ὅπως ἐτύγχανεν just anyhow, E.Hipp. 929; ἀποτετμάσθω δύο τμάματα ὡς ἔτυχεν let two segments be cut off at random, Archim. Con.Sph.24;

    χώρᾳ γ' ἐν ᾗ ἔτυχε X.Oec.3.3

    ;

    ὅπου ἔτυχεν Id.Cyr.8.4.3

    ;

    ὅπου ἂν τύχῃ Pl.Prt. 242e

    ;

    ὁπότε τύχοι

    sometimes,

    Pl.Phd. 89b

    ;

    ὅταν τύχῃ

    sometimes,

    E.El. 1169

    (lyr.); but, at any odd time, Th.1.142;

    ἡνίκ' ἂν τ. D.1.3

    ; ἂν τύχῃ, εἰ τύχοι, it may be, Pl.Cra. 430e, Hp.Mi. 367a;

    τὸ δέ, εἰ ἔτυχεν, οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει Id.Cra. 439c

    ;

    εἰ οὕτως ἔτυχεν Arist.Cat. 8b12

    ;

    τὸ ὅπῃ ἔτυχεν

    mere chance,

    Pl.Phlb. 28d

    : with attraction of the relat. Pron.,

    τὸ οἷς ἔτυχε προσκρούειν Plu.Cic.27

    ;

    ὡμίλει ᾧ τύχοι Plb.26.1.3

    ;

    ὧν ἔτυχε πιμπλάμενος Luc.Vit.Auct.9

    ; οὐδὲ γὰρ ὧν ἔτυχ' ἦν they were not just any acts, D.18.130.
    b c. acc. et inf.,

    ἔτυχε ὄμβρον συνεργῆσαι Plu.Alc.28

    , cf. Ael.NA5.6; ἔτυχεν ὥστε .. D.C.39.12.
    4 sts. the Verb agrees in person and number with the subject of the principal clause, perhaps by assimilation, ἀπαίροντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου ὁπόθεν τύχοιεν, for ὁπόθεν τύχοι, Th.4.26, cf. 93, 5.56, 7.70, Pl.Tht. 179c; ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσι, τοῦτο λέγουσι they say just anything, Id.Prt. 353a;

    ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσι, τοῦτο πράξουτιν Id.Cri. 45d

    , cf. Grg. 522c, Smp. 181b;

    ἀναφύονται ὁπόθεν ἂν τύχῃ ἕκαστος Id.Tht. 180c

    ;

    ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι, ηὐλίζοντο X.An.2.2.17

    , cf. 3.1.3;

    τάχ' ἄν, εἰ τύχοιεν, σωφρονέστεροι γένοιντο D.15.16

    ;

    δουλεύειν μᾶλλον ἢ μεθ' ὁποτέρου ἂν τύχωσι τούτων ἐλευθέρους εἶναι Th.8.48

    ; πρὸς ὀργὴν ἥν τινα τύχητε ἔστιν ὅτε σφαλέντες τὴν τοῦ πείσαντος μίαν γνώμην ζημιοῦτε yielding to the impulse of the moment, Id.3.43;

    εἶτ' οὐκ ἐλήρουν ὅ τι τύχοιμ' Ar.

    Ra. 945: with attraction of the relat. Pron.,

    οὓς ἂν τύχῃς ἐπαινῶν Isoc.12.206

    .
    5 neut. part. τυχόν, used abs. like ἐξόν, παρόν, etc., since it so befell,

    οὕτως τ. Luc.Symp.43

    .
    b as Adv., perchance, perhaps, Isoc.4.171, X.An.6.1.20, Pl.Alc.2.140a, 150c, D.18.221, 21.41, Men.Pk. 184, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    τ. ἴσως Epich.277

    , E.Fr.953.9, Men. Epit. 287, Plb.2.58.9; τυχὸν μὲν.., τυχὸν δὲ .. Arr.An.1.10.6, etc.
    II joined with the part. of another Verb to express a coincidence, τύχησε γὰρ ἐρχομένη νηῦς a ship happened to be, i. e. was just then, starting, Od.14.334;

    ξεῖνος ἐὼν ἐτύχησε παρ' ἱπποδάμοισι Γερηνοῖς Hes.Fr.15.3

    , cf. Semon.7.19, Pi.N.1.49;

    πρυτανεία ἣ ἂν τυγχάνῃ πρυτανεύουσα IG12.63.27

    , cf. 52; τὰ νοέων τυγχάνω what I happen to have, i.e. have at this moment, in my mind, Hdt. 1.88, cf. 8.65,68.

    ά; ἐτετεύχεε ἐπισπόμενος Id.3.14

    ; ὃ τυγχάνω μαθών which I have just learnt, S.Tr. 370; παρὼν ἐτύγχανον I was by just then, Id.Aj. 748; τυγχάνει καθεύδων he is sleeping just now, Ar.V. 336 (troch.); ἔτυχον στρατευόμενοι they were just then engaged in an expedition, Th.1.104; ἔτυχε κατὰ τοῦτο καιροῦ ἐλθών he came just at this point of time, Id.7.2; ἥτις δέ τοι μάλιστα σωφρονεῖν δοκεῖ, αὕτη μέγιστα τυγχάνει λωβωμένη she is just the one who.., Semon.7.109; but freq. τυγχάνω cannot be translated at all, esp. in phrase τυγχάνω ὤν, which is simply = εἰμί, S.Aj.88, Ar.Pl.35, Pl.Prt. 313c, etc.
    2 the part. ὤν is sts. omitted,

    ὁ γὰρ μέγιστος τυγχάνει δορυξένων S.El.46

    ; εἴ σοι χαρτὰ τυγχάνει τάδε ib. 1457; νῦν δ' ἀγροῖσι τυγχάνει ib. 313;

    ἔνδον γὰρ ἄρτι τυγχάνει Id.Aj.9

    ;

    εἴ τις εὔνους τυγχάνει Ar.Ec. 1141

    ;

    εἰ σὺ τυγχάνεις ἐπιστήμων τούτων Pl.Prt. 313e

    , cf. Grg. 502b, R. 369b, al.: sts. τυγχάνειν is used much like εἶναι, Σωτὴρ γένοιτ' ἂν Ζεὺς ἐπ' ἀσπίδος τυχών A.Th. 520; οὐκ ἀποδάμου τυχόντος not being absent, Pi.P.4.5 (cf. τόσσαις)

    ; ποῦ χρὴ τηνικαῦτα τυγχάνειν; E.IA 730

    ; τ. ἐν ἐμπύροις to be engaged in.., Id.Andr. 1113; freq. in Arist.,

    δύο μέρη τετύχηκεν ἐξ ὧν ἡ πόλις Pol. 1318a31

    , cf. 1289b16, Top. 151b11; also in later Gr.,

    τὰ ἑπτάμηνα γόνιμα τυγχάνειν Sor.1.55

    , cf. 69, al.;

    νέος πάνυ τυγχάνων PLips. 40 ii 7

    (iv A. D.), etc.:—Phryn.244 rejects this usage in Attic.
    b τυγχάνον, = τὸ ἐκτὸς ὑποκείμενον, the external reality, e. g. αὐτὸς ὁ Δίων as distd. both from the word ([etym.] φωνή) Δίων and its meaning, Stoic.2.48.
    c τὰ πράγματα τυγχάνοντα καλοῦσι (sc. οἱ Στωϊκοί) , τέλος γὰρ τὸ τυχεῖν τούτων, ib.77.
    3 later c. inf., τυγχάνομεν ἐπιδεδωκέναι we happen to have handed in.., we have just handed in.., PTeb.796.13 (ii B. C.), cf. PSI10.1118.8 (i A. D.), 1.39.4 (ii A. D.), Heliod. et Antyll. ap. Orib.44.8.21, 25, 44.23.21, Gal. 18(2).394.
    B gain one's end or purpose, succeed,

    οὐκ ἐτύχησεν ἑλίξας Il. 23.466

    ;

    εἰ τύχῃ τις ἔρδων Pi.N.7.11

    , cf. 55; τὸ τυχεῖν, = νίκη, Id.O.2.51;

    πείθειν.. τυγχάνειν θ' ἅμα E.Hec. 819

    ;

    εἰ τύχοιμεν Th.4.63

    ; τυχόντες if successful, opp. σφαλέντες, Id.3.39, cf. 82, Pi.P.10.62;

    τυγχάνουσι καὶ ἀποτυγχάνουσι Arist.Po. 1450a3

    ;

    ὀρθῶς πράττειν καὶ τ. Pl.Euthd. 280a

    ; gain one's request, Hdt.1.213 (so τυχόντα γνώμης in Th.3.42); in speaking, to be right,

    τί νιν καλοῦσα.. τύχοιμ' ἄν; A.Ag. 1233

    , cf. Ch.14, 317 (lyr.), S.Ph. 223, OC 1580;

    Δίκαν νιν προσαγορεύομεν τυχόντες καλῶς A.Ch. 950

    (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., impers., αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον οὐδὲν ἐτυγχάνετο nothing went right, dub. in Ant.Lib. 39.3:—in part. τυχήσας or τυχών, combined with νύξε, βάλε, οὖτα, etc., pierce, wound, etc., successfully, so that the whole phrase means hit,

    ἔγχεϊ νύξε κατὰ κληῗδα τυχήσας Il.5.579

    , cf. 858, 12.394; βάλε δουρὶ κατὰ ζωστῆρα τυχήσας ib. 189;

    ὑπὸ στέρνοιο τυχήσας βεβλήκει 4.106

    , cf. 5.98, 582, 13.371, 397, Od.19.452, al.; also conversely,

    θηρητὴρ ἐτύχησε βαλών Il.15.581

    ;

    βαλὼν τύχω Hdt.3.35

    ; also apart from such combinations, hit, c. gen.,

    προβιβάντος Il.16.609

    ;

    μηρίνθοιο 23.857

    ;

    τ. τοῦ σκοποῦ Pl.Lg. 717b

    , cf. R. 523b, Th.2.35, X.An.3.2.19, Ap.1: c. dupl. gen.,

    εἰ.. τοῦ παιδὸς.. τύχω μέσης τῆς καρδίης Hdt. 3.35

    : abs.,

    ἤμβροτες οὐδ' ἔτυχες Il.5.287

    ;

    αἰ κε τύχωμι 7.243

    , Od.22.7.
    II hit upon, light upon:
    1 meet, fall in with persons, Αακεδαίμονι.. τυχήσας having met [him] in Lacedaemon, Od.21.13: c. gen.,

    θρηνητοῦ A.Ag. 1075

    ; τριακτῆρος ib. 172 (lyr.);

    ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν Lys.2.5

    ;

    γυναικῶν X.Smp.9.7

    : with a predicate added,

    μή τευ μελαμπύγου τύχῃς Archil.110

    ;

    προφρόνων Μοισᾶν τ. Pi.I.4(3).43(61)

    ;

    θεῶν ἀμεινόνων τ. E.Heracl. 351

    ;

    ἐμοῦ.. οἰκητοῦ S.OT 1450

    , cf. 677;

    ἡμῶν τ. οἵων σε χρή E.Hel. 1300

    , cf. Lys.18.23;

    ἐρωτᾶτε αὐτοὺς ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον X.An.5.5.15

    ;

    τοῦ δαίμονος.. κακοδαίμονος Ar.Eq. 112

    .
    2 light on a thing,

    τύχε γάρ ἀμάθοιο βαθείης Il.5.587

    ; attain, obtain a thing, c. gen.,

    πομπῆς καὶ νόστοιο Od.6.290

    ;

    αἰδοῦς Thgn.253

    , cf. 256; [ οἴκτου] A.Pr. 241;

    ξυγγνώμης Th.7.15

    ;

    τῆς ἀξίας Ar.Av. 1223

    ; of meeting with misfortunes, βίης τυχεῖν meet with, suffer violence, Hdt.9.108; τραυμάτων, κακῶν, A.Ag. 866, E.Hec. 1280; δίκης, κρίσεως, Pl.Grg. 472d, Phdr. 249a, cf. Lg. 869b: abs., have the lot or fate,

    ἄλλος μὲν ἀποφθίσθω ἄλλος δὲ βιώτω, ὅς κε τύχῃ Il.8.430

    ;

    τὴν παρὰ Δαρείου αἰτήσας ἔτυχε μισθόν Hdt.5.23

    (where τὴν is governed by αἰτήσας).
    b after Hom. also c. acc. of neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τὰ πρόσφορα A.Ch. 711

    , cf. Eu.30, S.OC 1106, Ph. 509 (lyr.), E.Med. 758, Hec.51: later the acc. is used more freely,

    τ. ἐπίστασιν Sammelb.5235.15

    (i A. D.);

    ὑπογραφήν BGU615.23

    (ii A. D.);

    βοήθειαν PGoodsp.Cair.15.14

    (iv A. D.);

    εὐκαιρίαν PSI9.1082.5

    (iv A. D.);

    τὰ γυναίκια δεσμὸν οὐδένα βούλεται τυγχάνειν Sor.1.70b

    .
    c after either case a gen. pers. may be added, obtain a thing from a person,

    ὧν δέ σου τυχεῖν ἐφίεμαι S.Ph. 1315

    ;

    σου τοῦτο τ. Id.OC 1168

    ; or the pers. may be added with a Prep.,

    τ. ἐπαίνου ἔκ τινος Id.Ant. 665

    ;

    παρὰ σεῖο τ. φιλότητος Od.15.158

    ;

    τιμίαν ἕδραν παρ' ἀνδρῶν A.Eu. 856

    (dub.);

    αἰδοῦς ὑπό τινος X.Cyr.1.6.10

    , cf. Mem.4.8.10, etc.: abs.,

    χρὴ πρὸς μακάρων τυγχάνοντ' εὖ πασχέμεν Pi.P.3.104

    .
    d c. inf.,

    οἶμαί σου τεύξεσθαι μεθεῖναί με Pl.Phlb. 50d

    ;

    ἐὰν ψαῦσαι τοῦ νεκροῦ τύχωμεν Plu.Pel.33

    ; οὐ τυχὼν ἐπιδείξειν ( = ἐπιδεῖξαι ) not having succeeded in proving, PPetr.3p.153 (iii B. C.). (Τυ-γ-χ-άνω, with ἐτύχησα, τετύχηκα, is formed from the [tense] aor. τυχ-εῖν, which was orig. the [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. (with act. form) of τεύχω 'make'; ἔτυχε = factum est, as ἔτραφον = I was nourished (v. τρέφω); senses A.1.1-3 are the oldest and are parallel to

    τεύχω 11

    (esp.[voice] Pass.); many of the forms belong equally to both verbs; τιτύσκομαι like wise belongs to both verbs; τ (ε) υχ- from Θ (ε) υχ-, cf. ἀποθύσκειν, ἐνθύσκει, συνθύξω, and perh. Germ. taugen 'to be capable, useful', Engl. dow, doughty.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τυγχάνω

  • 56 πατήρ

    πατήρ, πατρός, ὁ (Hom.+) acc. somet. πατέραν (ApcEsdr 2:6 p. 25, 26 Tdf.); voc. πάτερ; for this the nom. w. the art. ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26; Mk 14:36; Lk 10:21b; Ro 8:15; Gal 4:6.—The vv.ll. πατήρ without the art. for the voc., in J 17:11, 21, 24, and 25 is regarded by B-D-F §147, 3 as a scribal error (but as early as II A.D. BGU 423, 11 has κύριέ μου πατήρ. Perh. even PPar 51, 36 [159 B.C.]). S. also W-S. §29, 4b and Mlt-H. 136; ‘father’.
    the immediate biological ancestor, parent
    male, father (of Noah Did., Gen. 165, 6) Mt 2:22; 4:21f; 8:21; 10:21; Mk 5:40; 15:21; Lk 1:17 (after Mal 3:23); J 4:53; Ac 7:14; 1 Cor 5:1; B 13:5 al. οἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρες our physical fathers Hb 12:9a.
    male and female together as parents οἱ πατέρες parents (Pla., Leg. 6, 772b; Dionys. Hal. 2, 26; Diod S 21, 17, 2; X. Eph. 1, 11; 3, 3; Kaibel 227) Hb 11:23.—Eph 6:4; Col 3:21 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1089 of parents who are inclined to become λίην δύσζηλοι toward their children).
    one from whom one is descended and generally at least several generations removed, forefather, ancestor, progenitor, forebear: of Abraham (Jos., Ant. 14, 255 Ἀ., πάντων Ἑβραίων πατήρ; Just., D. 100, 3) Mt 3:9; Lk 1:73; 16:24; J 8:39, 53, 56; Ac 7:2b. Of Isaac Ro 9:10. Jacob J 4:12 (JosAs 22:5). David Mk 11:10; Lk 1:32. Pl. οἱ πατέρες the forefathers, ancestors (Hom. et al.; oft. LXX; En 99:14; PsSol 9:10; ParJer 4:10; Jos., Ant. 13, 297; Just., D. 57, 2 and 136, 3; Mel., P. 87, 654) Mt 23:30, 32; Lk 1:55; 6:23, 26; 11:47f; J 4:20; 6:31; Ac 3:13, 25; Hb 1:1; 8:9 (Jer 38:32); B 2:7 (Jer 7:22); 5:7; 14:1; PtK 2 p. 15, 6 (Jer 38:32).
    one who provides moral and intellectual upbringing, father
    in a positive sense (Epict. 3, 22, 81f: the Cynic superintends the upbringing of all pers. as their πατήρ; Procop. Soph., Ep. 13; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 425 D.: Pla. as τῶν ῥητόρων π. καὶ διδάσκαλος; Aristoxenus, Fgm. 18: Epaminondas is the ἀκροατής of the Pythagorean Lysis and calls him πατήρ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 8 p. 10, 4 the διδάσκαλος as πατήρ) ἐὰν μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας 1 Cor 4:15 (cp. GrBar 13:4 εἰς πνευματικοὺς πατέρας; on the subject matter ADieterich, Mithraslit. 1903, 52; 146f; 151; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 40: ‘he [the “mystes”] by these teachings becomes the parent of the novice. We find undoubted examples of πατήρ as a title in the Isis cult in Delos, in the Phrygian mystery communities, in the Mithras cult, in the worshipers of the θεὸς ὕψιστος and elsewh.’). Of Jesus ὡς πατὴρ υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς προσηγόρευσεν as a father he called us (his) sons 2 Cl 1:4 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 19; ὁ Χριστὸς π. τῶν πιστευόντων ὑπάρχει Did., Gen. 106, 6.—ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ π. [=founder] τῆς τοιαύτης διδασκαλίας Orig., C. Cels. 2, 44, 32).
    in a neg. sense of the devil (for patristic trad. s. Lampe s.v. πατήρ D)
    α. as father of a group of Judeans J 8:44ab, as verdict on the sin of the opposition to God’s purpose in Jesus, not on the person (cp. descriptions of dissidents at Qumran, esp. 1QS and 1QH, w. focus on aspect of deception).
    β. as father of lies (Celsus 2, 47 as π. τῆς κακίας) vs. 44c (on πατήρ in the sense of ‘originator’ cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 127 ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου=the author of the book). On the view that in 44a and c there might be a statement about the father of the devil s. Hdb.3 ad loc. (NDahl, EHaenchen Festschr. ’64, 70–84 [Cain]).—LDürr, Geistige Vaterrschaft in: Herwegen Festschr. ’38, 1–30.
    a title of respectful address, father
    as an honorary title (Diod S 21, 12, 2; 5; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 14, 2 πάτερ; 4 Km 2:12; 6:21; 13:14; Test Abr B 2 p. 106, 3 [Stone p. 60] καλὲ πάτερ; Jos., Ant. 12, 148; 13, 127; Just., D. 3, 7. Also PGen 52, 1; 5 κυρίῳ καὶ πατρὶ Ἀμινναίῳ Ἀλύπιος; UPZ 65, 3 [154 B.C.]; 70, 2; BGU 164, 2; POxy 1296, 15; 18; 1592, 3; 5; 1665, 2) Mt 23:9a; specif. in addressing the members of the High Council Ac 7:2a; cp. 22:1 (of Job in TestJob 53:3 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὀρφανῶν).
    as a designation of the older male members of a church (as respectful address by younger people to their elders Hom. et al. S. also a.) 1J 2:13, 14b.
    revered deceased persons with whom one shares beliefs or traditions, fathers, ancestors
    generation(s) of deceased Christians 2 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 23:3=2 Cl 11:2 (an apocryphal saying, at any rate interpreted in this way by the Christian writers). Christians of an earlier generation could also be meant in 1 Cl 30:7; 60:4; 62:2; 2 Cl 19:4. Yet it is poss. that these refer to
    the illustrious religious heroes of the OT, who are ‘ancestors’ even to gentile Christians, who are validated as Israelites (Just., D. 101, 1). In 1 Cor 10:1 Paul calls the desert generation of Israelites οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν (the ‘philosophers’ of earlier times are so called in Cleopatra 114f). Likew. Ro 4:12b Abraham ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν (on this s. c below). The latter is also so referred to Js 2:21; 1 Cl 31:2; likew. the patriarch Jacob 4:8.
    the ‘fatherhood’ can also consist in the fact that the one who is called ‘father’ is the prototype of a group or the founder of a class of persons (cp. Pla., Menex. 240e οὐ μόνον τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων πατέρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας; 1 Macc 2:54). Abraham who, when he was still uncircumcised, received the promise because of his faith, and then received circumcision to seal it, became thereby πατὴρ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων διʼ ἀκροβυστίας father of all those who believe, though they are uncircumcised Ro 4:11 and likew. πατὴρ περιτομῆς father of those who are circumcised vs. 12a, insofar as they are not only circumcised physically, but are like the patriarch in faith as well. Cp. 4:16, 17 (Gen 17:5).
    the supreme deity, who is responsible for the origin and care of all that exists, Father, Parent (Just., A II, 6, 2 τὸ δὲ πατὴρ καὶ θεὸς καὶ κτίστης καὶ κύριος καὶ δεσπότης οὐκ ὀνόματά ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … προσφήσεις ‘the terms, father, god, founder, lord, and master are not names but … modes of address [in recognition of benefits and deeds])
    as the originator and ruler (Pind., O. 2, 17 Χρόνος ὁ πάντων π.; Pla., Tim. 28c; 37c; Stoa: Epict. 1, 3, 1; Diog. L. 7, 147; Maximus Tyr. 2, 10a; Galen XIX p. 179 K. ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἐν θεοῖς; Job 38:28; Mal 2:10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 96 τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρί; 2, 6 τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων, Ebr. 30; 81, Virt. 34; 64; 179; 214; Jos., Ant. 1, 20 πάντων πατήρ; 230; 2, 152; 7, 380 πατέρα τε καὶ γένεσιν τῶν ὅλων; Herm. Wr. 1, 21 ὁ πατὴρ ὅλων … ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ; 30 al., also p. 476, 23 Sc. δεσπότης καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ποιητής; PGM 4, 1170; 1182; Just., A I, 45, 1 ὁ π. τῶν πάντων θεός; D. 95, 2 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων; Ath. 27, 2; Iren.; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 46, 34; Hippolyt.; π. δὲ δὶα τὸ εἶναι πρὸ τῶν ὅλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 8]) ὁ πατὴρ τῶν φώτων the father of the heavenly bodies Js 1:17 (cp. ApcMos 36 v.l. [MCeriani, Monumenta Sacra et Profana V/1, 1868] ἐνώπιον τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ὅλων, τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων; 38).
    as ὁ πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9b (cp. Num 16:22; 27:16 and in En the fixed phrase ‘Lord of the spirits’).—SeePKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, p. 33, 1.
    as father of humankind (since Hom. Ζεύς is called πατήρ or πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε; Diod S 5, 72, 2 πατέρα δὲ [αὐτὸν προσαγορευθῆναι] διὰ τὴν φροντίδα καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν εἰς ἅπαντας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν ὥσπερ ἀρχηγὸν εἶναι τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων=‘[Zeus is called] father because of his thoughtfulness and goodwill toward all humanity, and because, moreover, he is thought of as originator of the human race’, cp. 3, 61, 4; 5, 56, 4; Dio Chrys. 36 [53], 12 Zeus as π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων, not only because of his position as ruler, but also because of his love and care [ἀγαπῶν κ. προνοῶν]. Cp. Plut., Mor. 167d; Jos., Ant. 4, 262 πατὴρ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. In the OT God is called ‘Father’ in the first place to indicate a caring relationship to the Israelite nation as a whole, or to the king as the embodiment of the nation. Only in late writers is God called the Father of the pious Israelite as an individual: Sir 23:1, 4; Tob 13:4; Wsd 2:16; 14:3; 3 Macc 5:7.—Bousset, Rel.3 377ff; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 384–92; RGyllenberg, Gott d. Vater im AT u. in d. Predigt Jesu: Studia Orient. I 1925, 51–60; JLeipoldt, D. Gotteserlebnis Jesu 1927; AWilliams, ‘My Father’ in Jewish Thought of the First Century: JTS 31, 1930, 42–47; TManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 89–115; HMontefiore, NTS 3, ’56/57, 31–46 [synoptics]; BIersel, ‘D. Sohn’ in den synopt. Ev., ’61, 92–116).
    α. as a saying of Jesus ὁ πατήρ σου Mt 6:4, 6b, 18b. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν Mt 6:15; 10:20, 29; 23:9b; Lk 6:36; 12:30, 32; J 20:17c. ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν (=τῶν δικαίων) Mt 13:43. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς (the synagogue also spoke of God as ‘Father in Heaven’; Bousset, Rel.3 378) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1; 7:11; Mk 11:25. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος Mt 5:48; 6:14, 26, 32. Cp. 23:9b. ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Lk 11:13. ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ (or κρυφαίῳ) Mt 6:6a, 18a.—For the evangelist the words πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mt 6:9 refer only to the relation betw. God and humans, though Jesus perh. included himself in this part of the prayer. The same is true of πάτερ ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου Lk 11:2 (for invocation in prayer cp. Simonides, Fgm. 13, 20 Ζεῦ πάτερ).—ELohmeyer, D. Vaterunser erkl. ’46 (Eng. tr. JBowden, ’65); TManson, The Sayings of Jesus, ’54, 165–71; EGraesser, Das Problem der Parusieverzögerung in den synopt. Ev. usw., Beih. ZNW 22, ’57, 95–113; AHamman, La Prière I, Le NT, ’59, 94–134; JJeremias, Das Vaterunser im Lichte der neueren Forschung, ’62 (Eng. tr., The Lord’s Prayer, JReumann, ’64); WMarchel, Abba, Père! La Prière ’63; also bibl. in JCharlesworth, ed., The Lord’s Prayer and Other Prayer Texts fr. the Greco-Roman Era ’94, 186–201.
    β. as said by Christians (Sextus 59=222; 225 God as π. of the pious. The servant of Sarapis addresses God in this way: Sb 1046; 3731, 7) in introductions of letters ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν: Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3, cp. vs. 4; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; 2 Th 1:2 (v.l. without ἡμῶν); without ἡμῶν 1 Ti 1:2 (v.l. with ἡμῶν); 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; 2J 3a (here vs 3b shows plainly that it is not ‘our’ father, but the Father of Jesus Christ who is meant).—πατὴρ ἡμῶν also Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 2:16; D 8:2; 9:2f. τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ εὔσπλαγχνον πατέρα ἡμῶν 1 Cl 29:1. Likew. we have the Father of the believers Ro 8:15 (w. αββα, s. JBarr, Abba Isn’t Daddy: JTS 39, ’88, 28–47; s. also JFitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); 2 Cor 1:3b (ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν; s. οἰκτιρμός); 6:18 (cp. 2 Km 7:14); Gal 4:6; Eph 4:6 (πατὴρ πάντων, as Herm. Wr. 5, 10); 1 Pt 1:17. ὁ οἰκτίρμων καὶ εὐεργετικὸς πατήρ 1 Cl 23:1. Cp. 8:3 (perh. fr. an unknown apocryphal book). πάτερ ἅγιε D 10:2 (cp. 8:2; 9:2f).
    γ. as said by Judeans ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν J 8:41b. Cp. vs. 42.
    as Father of Jesus Christ
    α. in Jesus’ witness concerning himself ὁ πατήρ μου Mt 11:27a; 20:23; 25:34; 26:29, 39, 42, 53; Lk 2:49 (see ὁ 2g and Goodsp., Probs. 81–83); 10:22a; 22:29; 24:49; J 2:16; 5:17, 43; 6:40 and oft. in J; Rv 2:28; 3:5, 21. ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ πατρός μου 2 Cl 12:6 in an apocryphal saying of Jesus. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς Mt 7:21; 10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 15:13; 18:35 (Just., A I, 15, 8). Jesus calls himself the Human One (Son of Man), who will come ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 16:27; Mk 8:38. Abs. ὁ πατήρ, πάτερ Mt 11:25, 26; Mk 14:36 (s. GSchelbert, FZPhT 40, ’93, 259–81; response ERuckstuhl, ibid. 41, ’94, 515–25; response Schelbert, ibid. 526–31); Lk 10:21ab; 22:42; 23:34, 46 (all voc.); J 4:21, 23ab; 5:36ab, 37, 45; 6:27, 37, 45, 46a, 65 and oft. in J. Father and Son stand side by side or in contrast Mt 11:27bc; 24:36; 28:19; Mk 13:32; Lk 10:22bc; J 5:19–23, 26; 1J 1:3; 2:22–24; 2J 9; B 12:8. WLofthouse, Vater u. Sohn im J: ThBl 11, ’32, 290–300.
    β. in the confession of the Christians π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3a; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. π. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 2 Cor 11:31. Cp. 1 Cor 15:24; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14); Rv 1:6; 1 Cl 7:4; IEph 2:1; ITr ins 12:2; MPol 14:1; AcPl Ha 2, 33; 6, 34; AcPlCor 2:7 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3; 129, 1 al.).
    Oft. God is simply called (ὁ) πατήρ (the) Father (e.g. TestJob 33:9, s. DRahnenführer, ZNW 62, ’71, 77; ApcMos 35 τοῦ ἀοράτου πατρός; Just., D. 76, 3 al. On the presence or absence of the art. s. B-D-F §257, 3; Rob. 795) Eph 2:18; 3:14; 5:20; 6:23; 1J 1:2; 2:1, 15; 3:1; B 14:6; Hv 3, 9, 10; IEph 3:2; 4:2; IMg 13:2; ITr 12:2; 13:3; IRo 2:2; 3:3; 7:2; 8:2; IPhld 9:1; ISm 3:3; 7:1; 8:1; D 1:5; Dg 12:9; 13:1; AcPlCor 2:5, 19; MPol 22:3; EpilMosq 5. θεὸς π. Gal 1:1 (for the formulation Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ θεὸς πατήρ cp. Diod S 4, 11, 1: Heracles must obey τῷ Διὶ καὶ πατρί; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 35, 3 Λοξίας [=Apollo] καὶ Ζεὺς πατήρ); Phil 2:11; Col 3:17; 1 Th 1:1, 2 v.l.; 2 Pt 1:17; Jd 1; IEph ins a; ISm ins; IPol ins; MPol ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ π. Js 1:27; Col 3:17 v.l.; MPol 22:1; ὁ κύριος καὶ π. Js 3:9.—Attributes are also ascribed to the πατήρ (Zoroaster acc. to Philo Bybl.: 790 Fgm. 4, 52 Jac. [in Eus., PE 1, 10, 52] God is π. εὐνομίας κ. δικαιοσύνης) ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης Eph 1:17. πατὴρ ὕψιστος IRo ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ παντοκράτωρ MPol 19:2.—B. 103. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πατήρ

  • 57 T

    T, t. indecl. n. or (to agree with littera) f., the nineteenth letter of the Lat. alphabet ( i and j being counted as one), = Gr. T (tau). It is very freq. as a final letter, esp. in verbal endings of the third person.
    I.
    As an initial, it is, in pure Lat. words, followed by no consonant except r: traho, tremo, tribuo, etc.; the combinations tl and tm are found only in words borrowed from the Greek: Tlepolemus, tmesis, Tmolus. Hence an initial t occurring in the ancient language before l (like an initial d before v, v. letter D) is rejected in classical Lat.: lātus (Part. of fero) for tlatus, from root tol- of tollo, tuli; cf. with TLAÔ, tlêtos; even when softened by a sibilant, the combination of t and l in stlata (genus navigii), stlembus (gravis, tardus), stlis, stlocus, was avoided, and, except in the formal lang. of law, which retained stlitibus judicandis, the forms lis, locus remained the only ones in use, though the transitional form slis occurs twice in very old inscriptions. Before a vowel or r, the original Indo-European t always retained its place and character. Between two vowels t and tt were freq. confounded, and in some words the double letter became established, although the original form had but one t; thus, quattuor, cottidie, littera, stand in the best MSS. and inscriptions; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 174 sqq.—
    II.
    The sibilant pronunciation of a medial t before i and a following vowel, is a peculiarity of a late period. Isidorus (at the commencement of the seventh century after Christ) is the first who expresses himself definitely on this point: cum justitia sonum z litterae exprimat, tamen quia Latinum est, per t scribendum est, sicut militia, malitia, nequitia et cetera similia (Orig. 1, 26, 28); but the commutation of ci and ti, which occurs not unfrequently in older inscriptions, shows the origin of this change in pronunciation to have been earlier. In the golden age of the language, however, it was certainly [p. 1831] unknown.—
    III.
    The aspiration of t did not come into general use till the golden age; hence, CARTACINIENSIS, on the Columna Rostrata; whereas in Cicero we have Carthago, like Cethegus, etc.; v. Cic. Or. 48, 160; and cf. letter C.—
    IV.
    T is interchanged with d, c, and s; v. these letters.—
    V.
    T is assimilated to s in passus from patior, quassus from quatio, fassus from fateor, missus from mitto, equestris from eques (equit-), etc. It is wholly suppressed before s in usus, from utor; in many nominatives of the third declension ending in s: civitas (root civitat, gen. civitatis), quies (quiet, quietis), lis (lit, litis), dos (dot, dotis), salus (salut, salutis), amans (amant, amantis), mens (ment, mentis), etc.; and likewise in flexi, flexus, from flecto, and before other letters, in remus, cf. ratis; Gr. eretmos; in penna; root pat-, to fly; Gr. petomai, etc. In late Lat. the vulgar language often dropped t before r and before vowels; hence such forms as mari, quaraginta, donaus, are found for matri, quatriginta (quad-), donatus, in inscriptions; cf. the French mère, quarante, donné.—
    VI.
    As an abbreviation, T. stands for Titus; Ti. Tiberius; TR. Tribunus; T. F. Testamenti formula; T. F. C. Titulum faciendum curavit; T. P. Tribunicia potestas, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > T

  • 58 t

    T, t. indecl. n. or (to agree with littera) f., the nineteenth letter of the Lat. alphabet ( i and j being counted as one), = Gr. T (tau). It is very freq. as a final letter, esp. in verbal endings of the third person.
    I.
    As an initial, it is, in pure Lat. words, followed by no consonant except r: traho, tremo, tribuo, etc.; the combinations tl and tm are found only in words borrowed from the Greek: Tlepolemus, tmesis, Tmolus. Hence an initial t occurring in the ancient language before l (like an initial d before v, v. letter D) is rejected in classical Lat.: lātus (Part. of fero) for tlatus, from root tol- of tollo, tuli; cf. with TLAÔ, tlêtos; even when softened by a sibilant, the combination of t and l in stlata (genus navigii), stlembus (gravis, tardus), stlis, stlocus, was avoided, and, except in the formal lang. of law, which retained stlitibus judicandis, the forms lis, locus remained the only ones in use, though the transitional form slis occurs twice in very old inscriptions. Before a vowel or r, the original Indo-European t always retained its place and character. Between two vowels t and tt were freq. confounded, and in some words the double letter became established, although the original form had but one t; thus, quattuor, cottidie, littera, stand in the best MSS. and inscriptions; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 174 sqq.—
    II.
    The sibilant pronunciation of a medial t before i and a following vowel, is a peculiarity of a late period. Isidorus (at the commencement of the seventh century after Christ) is the first who expresses himself definitely on this point: cum justitia sonum z litterae exprimat, tamen quia Latinum est, per t scribendum est, sicut militia, malitia, nequitia et cetera similia (Orig. 1, 26, 28); but the commutation of ci and ti, which occurs not unfrequently in older inscriptions, shows the origin of this change in pronunciation to have been earlier. In the golden age of the language, however, it was certainly [p. 1831] unknown.—
    III.
    The aspiration of t did not come into general use till the golden age; hence, CARTACINIENSIS, on the Columna Rostrata; whereas in Cicero we have Carthago, like Cethegus, etc.; v. Cic. Or. 48, 160; and cf. letter C.—
    IV.
    T is interchanged with d, c, and s; v. these letters.—
    V.
    T is assimilated to s in passus from patior, quassus from quatio, fassus from fateor, missus from mitto, equestris from eques (equit-), etc. It is wholly suppressed before s in usus, from utor; in many nominatives of the third declension ending in s: civitas (root civitat, gen. civitatis), quies (quiet, quietis), lis (lit, litis), dos (dot, dotis), salus (salut, salutis), amans (amant, amantis), mens (ment, mentis), etc.; and likewise in flexi, flexus, from flecto, and before other letters, in remus, cf. ratis; Gr. eretmos; in penna; root pat-, to fly; Gr. petomai, etc. In late Lat. the vulgar language often dropped t before r and before vowels; hence such forms as mari, quaraginta, donaus, are found for matri, quatriginta (quad-), donatus, in inscriptions; cf. the French mère, quarante, donné.—
    VI.
    As an abbreviation, T. stands for Titus; Ti. Tiberius; TR. Tribunus; T. F. Testamenti formula; T. F. C. Titulum faciendum curavit; T. P. Tribunicia potestas, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > t

  • 59 σύν

    σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);
    A

    σ. ἡρώων IPE2.383

    ([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we find

    ξύν Thgn.1063

    (but

    σύν Id.50

    ), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), but

    σύν Archil.4

    , cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found in

    ξυνίημι Heraclit.51

    , Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare,

    ξυνοίκην Sapph.75

    ;

    ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93

    ; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b (

    σὺν E.Or. 909

    ); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).
    1 in company with, together with,

    δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206

    ;

    ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372

    ;

    σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286

    ;

    καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183

    ;

    ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101

    ;

    ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2

    ;

    σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27

    ;

    οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12

    (iv A.D.).
    2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49;

    σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391

    ;

    πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430

    , cf. 15.26;

    σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17

    ; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86;

    σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114

    ;

    σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b

    , Prt. 317b;

    ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86

    ; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192;

    σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54

    , cf. P.9.2;

    ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383

    ; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346;

    λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268

    ; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.
    3 furnished with, endued with,

    σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193

    ;

    πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61

    .
    4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose,

    σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7

    , etc.);

    σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219

    ; esp. of arms,

    μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418

    ;

    στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541

    ; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386;

    σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719

    ;

    σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47

    ; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.)

    ὅπλοις Th.2.2

    , al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.)

    τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90

    , 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8;

    σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2

    ;

    ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22

    ;

    ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70

    ; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf.

    αὐτός 1.5

    ), chiefly in Hom.,

    ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194

    , cf. 14.498;

    αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118

    .
    5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances,

    ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57

    , cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time,

    ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10

    ; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7;

    σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6

    ; in the course of,

    κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23

    , cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.
    6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with,

    σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18

    ;

    σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96

    ;

    σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86

    , Arist.Mu. 398b23;

    σ. τάχει S.El. 872

    , etc.
    7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of,

    σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221

    ;

    διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885

    (lyr.);

    πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755

    (troch.);

    ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13

    ;

    ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84

    .
    8 including,

    κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5

    , cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.;

    τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13

    , cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ)

    σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100

    ;

    ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4

    , cf. 2;

    αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33

    , cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).
    9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283;

    αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32

    ;

    σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61

    ;

    τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν

    together with..,

    PEnteux.32.7

    , cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.);

    οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1

    , cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.
    B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.
    2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.
    3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat.,

    στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259

    (Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.
    C σύν AS ADV., together, at once,

    κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42

    ; mostly folld. by δέ or τε

    , σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879

    ;

    σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224

    (cf. σύνδυο)

    ; ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960

    (lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with',

    ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17

    ; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15;

    ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς σὺν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ σὺν τὴν γῆν Aq.Ge.1.1

    , etc.
    2 besides, also,

    σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586

    ;

    σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85

    , etc.;

    σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288

    , cf. El. 299;

    Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785

    (lyr.); in later Poetry

    σ. καί A.R.1.74

    , Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).
    I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.
    2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in

    συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2

    , συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.
    3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.
    II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf.

    ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95

    : in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύν

  • 60 pro

    1.
    prō (archaic collat. form, posi in posimerium; cf. pono, from posino; cf. Gr. poti and pot with pros), adv. and prep. [root in Sanscr. prep. pra-, before, as in prathamas, first; Gr. pro; cf.: proteros, prôtos, etc.; Lat.: prae, prior, priscus, etc.; perh. old abl. form, of which prae is the loc. ], before, in front of; and, transf., for, with the idea of protection, substitution, or proportion.
    I.
    Adv., found only in the transf. comp. signif. (v. infra, II. B. 3.) in connection with quam and ut: pro quam and pro ut (the latter usually written in one word, prout), like prae quam and prae ut.
    * A.
    Pro quam, in proportion as, just as:

    nec satis est, pro quam largos exaestuat aestus,

    Lucr. 2, 1137. —
    B.
    Pro ut or prout, according as, in proportion, accordingly, proportionably as, just as, as (class.):

    compararat argenti bene facti, prout Thermitani hominis facultates ferebant, satis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83:

    tuas litteras, prout res postulat, exspecto,

    id. Att. 11, 6 fin.:

    id, prout cujusque ingenium erat, interpretabantur,

    Liv. 38, 50:

    prout locus iniquus aequusve his aut illis, prout animus pugnantium est, prout numerus, varia pugnae fortuna est,

    id. 38, 40 fin. —With a corresp. ita:

    ejusque rationem ita haberi, prout haberi lege liceret,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    prout sedes ipsa est, ita varia genera morborum sunt,

    Cels. 4, 4, 5:

    prout nives satiaverint, ita Nilum increscere,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 51.—
    II.
    Prep. with abl. (late Lat. with acc.:

    PRO SALVTEM SVAM,

    Inscr. Grut. 4, 12; 46, 9; Inscr. Orell. 2360), before, in front of.
    A.
    Lit., of place:

    sedens pro aede Castoris,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 11, 27:

    praesidia, quae pro templis cernitis,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ii qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 32:

    pro castris copias habere,

    id. ib. 7, 66:

    pro castris dimicare,

    id. ib. 5, 16:

    pro oppido,

    id. ib. 7, 71:

    pro opere consistere,

    Sall. J. 92, 9:

    castra pro moenibus locata,

    Liv. 2, 53; 4, 17:

    pro muro,

    id. 30, 10:

    pro castris explicare aciem,

    id. 6, 23:

    pro vallo,

    Plin. 2, 37, 37, § 101; Vell. 2, 19, 1.—With verbs of motion:

    Caesar pro castris suas copias produxit,

    before the camp, Caes. B. G. 1, 48:

    hasce tabulas hic ibidem pro pedibus tuis obicito,

    before your feet, App. Mag. p. 337, 36; id. M. 4, p. 155, 2.—
    2.
    In partic., with the accessory idea of presence on the front part, on the edge or brink of a place, on or in the front of, often to be translated by a simple on or in:

    pro censu classis iuniorum, Serv. Tullius cum dixit, accipi debet in censu, ut ait M. Varro, sicuti pro aede Castoris, pro tribunali, pro testimonio,

    Fest. p. 246 Müll.; cf.: pro significat in, ut pro rostris, pro aede, pro tribunali, Paul. ex Fest. p. 228 Müll.; and:

    pro sententia ac si dicatur in sententiā, ut pro rostris id est in rostris,

    id. p. 226 Müll.: hac re pro suggestu pronunciata, qs. standing on the front part of the tribune, or, as we would say, on the tribune, Caes. B. G. 6, 3: pro tribunali cum aliquid ageretur, was transacted before or at my tribunal, Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 21; so,

    pro tribunali,

    id. Pis. 5, 11; id. Sest. 15, 34: pro contione, before the assembled army; and, in gen., before the assembly:

    laudatus pro contione Jugurtha,

    Sall. J. 8, 2; cf. Curt. 9, 1, 1:

    pro contione laudibus legati militumque tollere animos,

    Liv. 7, 7:

    fortes viros pro contione donantis,

    Curt. 10, 5, 10:

    pro contione litteras recitare,

    id. 4, 10, 16; Liv. 38, 23 fin.:

    pro contione palam utrumque temptavit,

    Suet. Vesp. 7; Tac. A. 3, 9; Front. Strat. 1, 11, 3: [p. 1448] 4, 5, 11; cf.:

    pro comitio,

    Suet. Aug. 43:

    uti pro consilio imperatum erat,

    in the council, Sall. J. 29, 6; cf.:

    supplicatio in triduum pro collegio decemvirūm imperata fuit,

    Liv. 38, 36:

    pontifices pro collegio decrevisse,

    Gell. 11, 3, 2:

    pro collegio pronuntiare,

    Liv. 4, 26, 9:

    suas simultates pro magistratu exercere,

    id. 39, 5:

    pro munimentis castelli manipulos explicat,

    before, on the fortifications, Tac. A. 2, 80; 12, 33: stabat pro litore diversa acies, in front of or upon the shore, id. ib. 14, 30:

    legionem pro ripā componere,

    id. ib. 12, 29:

    velamenta et infulas pro muris ostentant,

    in front of, from the walls, Tac. H. 3, 31; so,

    pro muris,

    id. A. 2, 81:

    ad hoc mulieres puerique pro tectis aedificiorum saxa et alia, quae locus praebebat, certatim mittere,

    standing on the edge of the roofs, from the roofs, Sall. J. 67, 1 Kritz.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To signify a standing before or in front of, for defence or protection; hence an acting for, in behalf of, in favor of, for the benefit of, on the side of (opp. contra, adversum):

    veri inveniendi causā contra omnia dici oportere et pro omnibus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 18, 60; cf.:

    hoc non modo non pro me, sed contra me est potius,

    id. de Or. 3, 20, 75:

    partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,

    id. Clu. 32, 88:

    difficillimum videtur quod dixi, pro ipsis esse quibus eveniunt ista, quae horremus ac tremimus,

    Sen. Prov. 3, 2:

    haec cum contra legem proque lege dicta essent,

    Liv. 34, 8: pro Romano populo armis certare, Enn. ap. Non. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.); cf.: pro vostrā vitā morti occumbant, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 2, 62 (Trag. v. 176 Vahl.): quae ego pro re publica fecissem, Cato ap. Front. p. 149:

    nihil ab eo praetermissum est, quod aut pro re publicā conquerendum fuit, aut pro eā disputandum,

    Cic. Sest. 2, 3:

    omnia me semper pro amicorum periculis, nihil umquam pro me ipso deprecatum,

    id. de Or. 2, 49, 201:

    convenit dimicare pro legibus, pro libertate, pro patriā,

    id. Tusc. 4, 19, 43:

    dulce et decorum est pro patriā mori,

    Hor. C. 3, 2, 13; cf. id. ib. 3, 19, 2:

    pro sollicitis non tacitus reis,

    id. ib. 4, 1, 14:

    spondere levi pro paupere,

    id. A. P. 423:

    urbes, quae viris aut loco pro hostibus et advorsum se opportunissumae erant,

    Sall. J. 88, 4:

    nec aliud adversus validissimas gentes pro nobis utilius, quam, etc.,

    Tac. Agr. 12:

    et locus pro vobis et nox erit, Liv 9, 24, 8: et loca sua et genus pugnae pro hoste fuere,

    id. 39, 30, 3:

    pro Corbulone aetas, patrius mos... erant: contra, etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 31; id. H. 4, 78; Curt. 4, 14, 16.—
    2.
    With the notion of replacement or substitution, in the place of, instead of, for.
    a.
    In gen.: numquam ego argentum pro vino congiario... disdidi, Cato ap. Front. p. 149:

    ego ibo pro te, si tibi non libet,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 10:

    ego pro te molam,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 29; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 13:

    mutata (ea dico), in quibus pro verbo proprio subicitur aliud... ut cum minutum dicimus animum pro parvo, etc.,

    id. Or. 27, 92 sq.; cf.:

    libenter etiam copulando verba jungebant, ut sodes pro si audes, sis pro si vis... ain' pro aisne, nequire pro non quire, malle pro magis velle, nolle pro non velle. Dein etiam saepe et exin pro deinde et exinde dicimus,

    id. ib. 45, 154:

    pro vitulā statuis dulcem Aulide natam, Hor S. 2, 3, 199: pro bene sano Ac non incauto fictum astutumque vocamus,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 61; cf. Suet. Caes. 70:

    pro ope ferendā sociis pergit ipse ire, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 28, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.; Zumpt, Gram. § 667; cf.:

    pro eo, ut ipsi ex alieno agro raperent, suas terras, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2.—
    b.
    Esp. freq. in connection with the title of any officer, to denote his substitute' pro consule, pro praetore, pro quaestore, pro magistro, etc. (afterwards joined into one word, as proconsul, propraetor, proquaestor, promagister, etc.), proconsul, proprœtor, proquœstor, vice-director:

    cum pro consule in Ciliciam proficiscens Athenas venissem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 18, 82; cf.:

    cum L. Philippus pro consulibus eum se mittere dixit, non pro consule,

    instead of the consuls, not as proconsul, id. Phil. 11, 8, 18:

    nec pro praetore, Caesarem (vocat),

    id. ib. 13, 10, 22; Liv. 35, 1. cum Alexandriae pro quaestore essem, Cic. Ac. 2, 4, 11' cf.:

    litteris Q. Caepionis Bruti pro consule... Q. Hortensii pro consule opera, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 11, 26: P. Terentius operas in portu et scripturā Asiae pro magistro dedit, id. Att. 11, 10, 1; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 169; id. Fam. 13, 65, 1; see also the words proconsul, promagister, propraetor, proquaestor, etc.—
    c.
    So of price, penalty, etc., in exchange, in return for:

    tres minas pro istis duobus dedi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 138; id. Aul. 3, 3, 8:

    pro hujus peccatis ego supplicium sufferam,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 17:

    dimidium ejus quod pactus esset, pro carmine daturum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 86, 351:

    pro vitā hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur, non posse deorum inmortalium numen placari,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 16:

    id pro immolatis in foro Tarquiniensium Romanis poenae hostibus redditum,

    Liv. 7, 19, 3:

    vos, pro paternis sceleribus, poenas date,

    Sen. Med. 925; Lact. 2, 7, 21:

    pro crimine poenas,

    Ov. Ib. 621.—
    3.
    Pro is also frequently used to denote the viewing, judging, considering, representing of a thing as something, for, the same as, just as, as:

    pro sano loqueris, quom me appellas nomine,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 24:

    sese ducit pro adulescentulo,

    id. Stich. 3, 1, 65; id. Cist. 1, 3, 24:

    hunc Eduxi a parvulo, habui, amavi pro meo,

    as my own, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 23:

    Cato ille noster qui mihi unus est pro centum milibus,

    whose voice I regard as equal to that of thousands, Cic. Att. 2, 5, 1:

    Siciliam nobis non pro penariā cellā, sed pro aerario fuisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 5:

    P. Sestio pro occiso relictus est,

    id. Sest. 38, 81; Caes. B. G. 3, 109:

    cum pro damnato mortuoque esset,

    as good as condemned and dead, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 33:

    summa ratio, quae sapientibus pro necessitate est,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 3:

    negotia pro solatiis accipiens,

    Tac. A. 4, 13:

    consuli pro hostibus esse,

    Liv. 43, 5, 4:

    adeo incredibilis visa res, ut non pro vano modo, sed vix pro sano nuncius audiretur,

    as a boaster, Liv. 39, 49: quoniam de adventu Caesaris pro certo habebamus, to consider as certain, Mat. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 15, 6 et saep.; v. certus.—
    4.
    Esp. in certain phrases: pro eo, for the same thing, as just the same:

    ut si a Caesare, quod speramus, impetrarimus, tuo beneficio nos id consecutos esse judicemus: sin minus, pro eo tantum id habeamus, cum a te data sit opera, ut impetraremus,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 7, 5.—With the particles of comparison: atque ( ac), ac si, quasi, just the same as, even as, as though: pro eo ac debui, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 1:

    pro eo ac si concessum sit,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    pro eo est atque si adhibitus non esset,

    Dig. 28, 1, 22:

    pro eo erit quasi ne legatum quidem sit,

    ib. 30, 1, 38: pro eo quod, for the reason that, because:

    pro eo quod ejus nomen erat magnā apud omnes gloriā,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 18, 75: pro eo quod pluribus verbis vos quam volui fatigavi, veniam a vobis petitam velim, Liv 38, 49 fin.
    5.
    On account of, for the sake of:

    dolor pro patriā,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 24:

    tumultus pro recuperandā re publicā,

    id. Brut. 90, 311 dub. (B. and K. omit pro):

    dedit pro corpore nummos, i. e. to rescue his person,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 43:

    aliquem amare pro ejus eximiā suavitate,

    Cic. de Or 1, 55, 234:

    pro quibus meritis quanto opere dilectus sit,

    Suet. Aug. 57:

    cum pro incolumitate principis vota susceperunt,

    Tac. A. 4, 17:

    pro bono (= bene),

    Sall. J. 22, 4.—
    6.
    Pro is used in its most general sense in stating the relation between two objects or actions, in proportion, in comparison with, according to or as, conformably to, by virtue of, for, etc.:

    meus pater nunc pro hujus verbis recte et sapienter facit,

    according to his story, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 133:

    tu pro oratione nec vir nec mulier mihi's,

    id. Rud. 4, 4, 71: pro viribus tacere ac fabulari, according to one's ability, Enn. ap. Non. 475, 4 (Trag. v. 181 Vahl.):

    facere certum'st pro copiā ac sapientiā,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 8:

    agere pro viribus,

    Cic. Sen. 9, 27:

    aliquem pro dignitate laudare,

    id. Rosc. Am. 12, 33:

    proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium fuit,

    Liv. 21, 29: pro imperio, by virtue of his office or authority:

    quia pro imperio palam interfici non poterat,

    Liv. 1, 51, 2; hence, imperatively, dictatorially, summarily:

    nec illum ipsum submovere pro imperio posse more majorum,

    id. 2, 56, 12 ' hem! satis pro imperio, quisquis es, Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 18:

    pro tuā prudentiā,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 10, 2; 11, 12, 2:

    cum in eam rationem pro suo quisque sensu ac dolore loqueretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 27, § 69:

    quibus aliquid opis fortasse ego pro meā, tu pro tuā, pro suā quisque parte ferre potuisset,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 3: pro virili parte, according to one's ability, id. Sest. 66, 138; Liv. praef. 2; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 23. —Esp. freq.: pro ratā parte and pro ratā, in proportion, proportionably; v. ratus:

    pro se quisque,

    each according to his ability, each one for himself, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 58; Caes. B. G. 2, 25; Verg. A. 12, 552 et saep.:

    pro tempore et pro re,

    according to time and circumstances, Caes. B. G. 5, 8:

    pro facultatibus,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 5.—Pro eo, quantum, or ut, in proportion to, as, according to, according as:

    eāque pro eo, quantum in quoque sit ponderis, esse aestimanda,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 21, 58:

    equidem pro eo, quanti te facio, quicquid feceris, approbabo,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 2: tamen pro eo ut temporis difficultas tulit, etc., L. Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.
    In composition the o is long in some words, in others short (through the influence of the Gr.
    pro-): prōdeo, prŏfiteor; and even in words borrowed from the Greek, as prōlogus.—Its signification has reference either to place, before, forwards; or to protection, for; procedo, procurro, profanus; procuro, propugno, prosum, protego.
    2.
    prō (less correctly prōh), interj., an exclamation of wonder or lamentation, O! Ah! Alas! (class.).
    (α).
    With nom.:

    proh! bonae frugi hominem te jam pridem esse arbitror,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 4: pro Juppiter! Enn. ap. Varr L. L. 7, § 12 Müll. (Trag. v 225 Vahl.); Ter. And. 4, 3, 17; id. Eun. 3, 5, 2; id. Ad. 1, 2, 31; cf.:

    pro supreme Juppiter,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 42:

    pro Juppiter, Hominis stultitiam!

    id. ib. 3, 3, 12:

    pro di immortales,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 1; cf.: pro, dii immortales: Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    pro curia inversique mores!

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 7:

    pro scelus,

    Mart. 2, 46, 8.—
    (β).
    Parenthet.:

    pro, quanta potentia regni Est, Venus alma, tui,

    Ov. M. 13, 758:

    et mea, pro! nullo pondere verba cadunt,

    id. H. 3, 98:

    tantum, pro! degeneramus a patribus,

    Liv. 22, 14, 6; Curt. 4, 16, 10.—
    (γ).
    With acc.: pro divom fidem! Enn. ap. Don. ad. Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. v. 30 Vahl.); Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 28; cf.:

    pro deum atque hominum fidem!

    id. And. 1, 5, 2; 11; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9; Cic. Tusc. 5, 16, 48;

    instead of which, ellipt.: pro deum immortalium!

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 4:

    pro deum atque hominum,

    id. Hec. 2, 1, 1:

    pro fidem deum! facinus foedum,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 21.—
    (δ).
    With gen.: pro malae tractationis! Tert. Poen. fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > pro

См. также в других словарях:

  • Late Middle Ages — The Late Middle Ages is a term used by historians to describe European history in the period of the 14th and 15th centuries (AD 1300–1499). The Late Middle Ages were preceded by the High Middle Ages, and followed by the Early Modern era… …   Wikipedia

  • Late Night with Conan O'Brien — For Conan O Brien s subsequent program, see The Tonight Show with Conan O Brien. For Conan O Brien s current program, see Conan (TV series). Late Night with Conan O Brien The HDTV intertitle of Late Night Format …   Wikipedia

  • Late-2000s financial crisis — The TED spread (in red) increased significantly during the financial crisis, reflecting an increase in perceived credit risk …   Wikipedia

  • Late Roman army — The Late Roman army is the term used to denote the military forces of the Roman Empire from the accession of Emperor Diocletian in 284 until the Empire s definitive division into Eastern and Western halves in 395. A few decades afterwards, the… …   Wikipedia

  • Like a Boy — Infobox Single Name = Like a Boy B side = Get Up Love You Better Artist = Ciara from Album = Released = flagicon|USA February 13 2007 flagicon|GER March 30 2007 flagicon|UK April 2 2007 Format = Digital download, CD single Recorded = Chalice… …   Wikipedia

  • Late Modernism — encompasses the overall production of most recent art made between the aftermath of World War II and the early years of the 21st century. The terminology often points to similarities between late modernism and post modernism although there are… …   Wikipedia

  • Like a Virgin — Studio album by Madonna Released November 12, 1984 …   Wikipedia

  • Late Registration — Studio album by Kanye West Released August 30, 2005 …   Wikipedia

  • Late medieval philosophy, 1350–1500 — Zénon Kaluza INTRODUCTION No fact in philosophical or other history underlies the commonlymade division of fourteenth century philosophy around the year 1350, except perhaps the Black Death of 1348–9, which overcame the Oxford masters and… …   History of philosophy

  • Late works (Liszt) — The radical change Franz Liszt s compositional style underwent in the last 20 years of his life was unprecedented in Western classical music. The tradition of music had been one of unified progression, even to the extent of Johannes Brahms First… …   Wikipedia

  • Late Night with David Letterman — infobox television show name = Late Night with David Letterman caption = format = Talk Show, Variety show runtime = 60 minutes creator = David Letterman executive producer = Jack Rollins David Letterman Robert Morton starring = David Letterman… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»